WO2021062770A1 - Wireless communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Wireless communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021062770A1
WO2021062770A1 PCT/CN2019/109693 CN2019109693W WO2021062770A1 WO 2021062770 A1 WO2021062770 A1 WO 2021062770A1 CN 2019109693 W CN2019109693 W CN 2019109693W WO 2021062770 A1 WO2021062770 A1 WO 2021062770A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
user identity
tai
tai list
paging message
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/109693
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
于海凤
李秉肇
陈磊
王宏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2019/109693 priority Critical patent/WO2021062770A1/en
Publication of WO2021062770A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021062770A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W8/00Network data management
    • H04W8/02Processing of mobility data, e.g. registration information at HLR [Home Location Register] or VLR [Visitor Location Register]; Transfer of mobility data, e.g. between HLR, VLR or external networks
    • H04W8/04Registration at HLR or HSS [Home Subscriber Server]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/06Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks or having at least two operational modes, e.g. multi-mode terminals
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to methods and devices for wireless communication.
  • Dual card dual standby means that the terminal device can insert two subscriber identity module (SIM) or universal integrated circuit card (UICC) cards at the same time, and the two cards can be on standby at the same time.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • UICC universal integrated circuit card
  • the two SIM cards can belong to the same communication standard, such as supporting the same radio access technology (RAT), such as long-term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) or new radio (NR).
  • RAT radio access technology
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • the two SIM cards can also belong to different communication standards.
  • one SIM card supports LTE and the other SIM card supports NR.
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • a SIM card supports code division multiple access (CDMA), etc.
  • the two SIM cards are registered in two access networks respectively.
  • the terminal device moves in the tracking area (TA) corresponding to these two networks, as long as a SIM card moves out of the tracking area list (TA) corresponding to its own network, it will trigger the tracking area update (TAU) ). In this way, it may cause the terminal equipment to frequently report TAUs, resulting in an increase in air interface signaling overhead.
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the present application provides a wireless communication method and device, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, and improve the operating efficiency of the communication system.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device.
  • the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the terminal device determines the first area corresponding to the tracking area identification TAI set, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI list is The first user identity of the terminal device is associated, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device initiates a tracking area update TAU process.
  • the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user.
  • the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list.
  • the TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the communication standard of the first user identity is the first communication standard
  • the communication standard of the second user identity is the second communication standard.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list
  • the third TAI list is based on the TAI of the first communication standard and the second communication standard
  • the mapping relationship between the TAIs is obtained by converting the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device can convert the TAI lists of the two user identities according to the conversion relationship between the TAIs of the two communication standards when the supported communication modes of the two user identities are different. , So that when the two communication standards are different, the terminal device can still initiate the tracking area location update process when it detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by the terminal device and save air interface Signaling overhead reduces the power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the first communication standard may be the same as the second communication standard.
  • the TAI set includes a first TAI list and a second TAI list.
  • the foregoing mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the first core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the first user
  • the second core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the second user.
  • the mapping relationship may be predefined in the terminal device.
  • the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the TAI set may be predefined in the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device may not perceive the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard, which further saves energy consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, the first indication information being from the first core network device. In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed.
  • the tracking area location update process is initiated.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed.
  • the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
  • the terminal device may also use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, where the second indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
  • the terminal device may use the identity of the first user to send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device.
  • the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device is included, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, wherein the second terminal device
  • the identification is related to whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  • the core network device can determine whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled according to the first terminal device identifier in the first request.
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • the terminal device may also receive a second paging message as the second user, and the second paging message is used to list in the second TAI list. In the corresponding area, page the first user identity of the terminal device. In this way, the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The first user identity of the terminal device performs paging.
  • the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the second paging message may include a field for indicating a paging type, and the paging type field is indicated by using an extension field.
  • the terminal device may also receive a third paging message as the second user, and the third paging message is used in the second TAI Paging the second user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the list.
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
  • the network device can implicitly indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the paging message transmission mode or configuration parameters can be used for the terminal device.
  • the scrambling method of the PDCCH corresponding to the paging message determines which user identity the paging message is sent to.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, which is executed by a core network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the core network device.
  • the method is executed by the core network device as an example for description.
  • the core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the first user.
  • the core network device determines the first area corresponding to the tracking area identification TAI set, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI The list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device. Then, in the first area, the core network device pages the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate a tracking area location update when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the core network device is implemented to page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and at the same time realize paging of terminal devices in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the communication standard of the first user identity is the first communication standard
  • the communication standard of the second user identity is the second communication standard.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list
  • the third TAI list is based on the TAI of the first communication standard and the second communication standard
  • the mapping relationship between the TAIs is obtained by converting the second TAI list.
  • the core network device is able to determine the TAI of the two user identities based on the conversion relationship between the TAI of the two communication standards when the communication modes of the two user identities supported by the terminal device are different.
  • the list is converted, so that when the two communication standards are different, the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area, and the paging message Including the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  • the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate the tracking area location update process when the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area.
  • the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and simultaneously implement paging for terminal devices in the first area.
  • the core network device may send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the first TAI list ,
  • the first paging message includes a terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  • the core network device may send a second paging message to the second core network device, where the second paging message is used to contact the first user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device performs paging.
  • the second core network device is a device in the network where the terminal device is registered as the second user.
  • the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the first TAI list
  • the second core network device is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, and initiates the tracking area location update process
  • the second core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and simultaneously implement paging for terminal devices in the first area.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
  • the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the core network device may also send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the core network device may also send to the terminal device of the first user identity the difference between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard.
  • the mapping relationship wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the core network device may also send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable tracking District update TAU optimization function. Therefore, the core network device in the embodiment of the present application can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed.
  • the tracking area location update process is initiated.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed.
  • the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
  • the core network device may also receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used to indicate The terminal device supports the TAU optimization function.
  • the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
  • the core network device may also receive a first request for updating the tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the first request Includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where the second terminal The device identifier is related to whether the TAU function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • a wireless communication method is provided, and the method is executed by an access network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the access network device.
  • the access network device determines a second paging message, and the second paging message is used to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list, where all The terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity. Then, the access network device sends the second paging message to the terminal device with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device through the access network device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • determining the second paging message includes receiving the second paging message from a core network device. Then, the access network device can convert the second paging message into a paging message in the format of the access network.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
  • the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes sending a third paging message, where the third paging message is used to address the second TAI list in the area corresponding to the second TAI list. 2.
  • the terminal device of the user identity performs paging;
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
  • the network device can implicitly indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the paging message transmission mode or configuration parameters can be used for the terminal device.
  • the scrambling method of the PDCCH corresponding to the paging message determines which user identity the paging message is sent to.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the device includes a device for executing the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • the module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the first aspect includes, for example, a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the wireless communication apparatus may be a terminal device. The following takes the wireless communication device as a terminal device as an example.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list It is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to initiate a tracking area update TAU process when it is detected that it moves out of the first area.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list
  • the third TAI list is the TAI according to the first communication standard.
  • the mapping relationship between the TAI and the TAI of the second communication standard is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is The communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, and the first indication information comes from the first core network. equipment.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, and the second indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU optimization function.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
  • the first user identity send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device, where the first request includes the first terminal device identity corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, so
  • the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled or not .
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The first user identity of the terminal device performs paging.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the above-mentioned second aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the second aspect.
  • the device includes a device for executing the above-mentioned second aspect.
  • the module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect or the second aspect includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the wireless communication apparatus may be a core network device. The following takes the wireless communication device as the core network device as an example.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list It is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is configured to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list
  • the third TAI list is the TAI according to the first communication standard.
  • the mapping relationship between the TAI and the TAI of the second communication standard is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is all Describe the communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
  • a paging message is sent to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the paging message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
  • the terminal device of the first user identity In the area corresponding to the first TAI list, send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first paging message includes the terminal device identity associated with the first user identity ;
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the second communication standard is a communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, and the first indication information is used to enable It can update the TAU optimization function in the tracking area.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to:
  • the first request includes a first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and
  • the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, wherein the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect.
  • the device includes a device for executing the third aspect.
  • the module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect or the third aspect includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
  • the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device.
  • the wireless communication apparatus may be an access network device. Take the wireless communication device as an access network device as an example below.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine a second paging message, where the second paging message is used to page the terminal device of the first user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list, wherein the terminal The device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to send the second paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the processing unit may control the transceiver unit to receive the second paging message from the core network device. Then, the access network device can convert the second paging message into a paging message in the format of the access network.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI
  • the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a transceiver.
  • memory may also be included.
  • the memory is used to store instructions
  • the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory
  • the execution causes the processor to execute any one of the first aspect to the third aspect Aspect or any possible implementation of any aspect.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes a method for executing any one of the first to third aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects The instructions in the method.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute any one or any of the first to third aspects. Any possible implementation method.
  • a chip which includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor is used to call and execute instructions from the communication interface.
  • the processor executes the instructions, it implements the first aspect to the first aspect.
  • the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory or instructions derived from other sources.
  • the processor is used to implement any one of the foregoing first to third aspects or the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
  • a communication system in an eleventh aspect, includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the foregoing first aspect, and the foregoing has the methods and various possible designs that implement the foregoing second aspect.
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of the passive mode of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 3B shows a schematic diagram of the DSDS mode of the terminal device.
  • Fig. 3C shows a schematic diagram of the DSDA mode of the terminal device.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of a network device initiating paging to a terminal device.
  • Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the TAI list.
  • Fig. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU process initiated by a terminal device.
  • Fig. 7 shows a specific example of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA broadband code division Multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • SAE system architecture evolved
  • FDD Frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX fifth generation
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • the terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • UE user equipment
  • MS mobile station
  • MT mobile terminal
  • access terminal user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • a handheld device with a wireless connection function for example, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on.
  • some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality.
  • augmented reality, AR equipment
  • wireless terminals in industrial control wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery
  • smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in an evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • PLMN evolved public land mobile network
  • wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
  • the various terminal devices described above if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
  • OBU on-board unit
  • the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
  • the access network device in the embodiments of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the access network device may also be called an access device or a wireless access network device, and may be an evolved base station in an LTE system ( evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device As well as the access equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, it can be the access point (AP) in the WLAN, or the gNB in the new radio system (NR) system.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the access network device is a device in the RAN, or in other words, a RAN node that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • gNB transmission reception point
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • Node B Node B, NB
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • BTS home base station
  • BBU baseband unit
  • Wifi wireless fidelity
  • a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • CU centralized unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node
  • CU-UP node user plane CU node
  • RAN equipment of DU node may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU).
  • -CP node user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
  • the access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the access network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be an access network equipment (for example, a base station). ) Corresponding cell.
  • the cell can belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here can include: metro cell, micro cell, pico cell ), femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • the core network device may be connected to the access network device, so that the terminal device can communicate with the core network device through the access network device.
  • the core network of the NR communication system may include the following network elements or functions:
  • Access management function Mainly responsible for access and mobility control, including registration management (RM) and connection management (CM), access authentication and access authorization, Reachability management and mobility management, etc.
  • User plane function mainly provides user plane support, including connection points between PDU sessions and data networks, data packet routing and forwarding, data packet inspection and user plane policy execution, processing QoS for the user plane, and downlink data Packet buffering and triggering of downstream data notifications, etc.
  • Packet control function Mainly a policy control function, including support for a unified policy framework to monitor network behavior and provide policy rules for the control plane to execute.
  • Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF): Mainly responsible for providing security-related functions, such as authentication, authentication, etc.
  • Unified data management responsible for functions related to user authentication, including: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, contract information management, access authorization, etc.
  • the evolved packet core network may include the following network elements or entities:
  • the function of the mobility management entity is to store the UE’s mobility management context, such as the user’s identity, mobility management status, location information, etc., and to provide information to the non-access stratum (NAS). Order processing, responsible for the security of NAS signaling.
  • SAE gateway gateway, GW: includes two parts, namely serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) and packet data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW).
  • S-GW and P-GW are two logical entities, which can exist on the same or different physical entities.
  • the S-GW saves the user plane context of the UE, such as the UE's IP address and routing information, and performs legal interception and packet data routing functions.
  • the interface between S-W and MME is S11, which is responsible for communication between MME and UPE, and performs interactions such as UE mobility management information and session control information.
  • the MME is responsible for the connection of the control plane and the user plane with the EUTRAN network through the S1-MME and the S-GW through the S1-U respectively.
  • the MME is connected to the 2G/3G SGSN through the S3 interface
  • the S-GW is connected to the 2G/3G SGSN through the S4 interface, and is responsible for the mobility control plane anchor point and user plane anchor point functions of the UE between the 3G and SAE networks.
  • the P-GW is responsible for the user plane anchor function of the UE accessing the packet data network, communicates with the external packet data network through the SGi reference point, has the function of packet routing and forwarding, and is responsible for the enhanced function of policy and charging, based on each user Group filtering function and so on.
  • the P-GW is connected to the S-GW through the S5 interface, and transmits control information such as bearer establishment/modification/deletion, and packet data routing.
  • PCRF Policy and Charging Rules Function
  • PCEF policy and charging enforcement function
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 1 includes an access network device, a core network device, and a terminal device.
  • the access network equipment for example, works in an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, or works in an NR system, or works in a next-generation communication system or other In the communication system.
  • the core network equipment for example, works in the E-UTRA system, or works in the NR system, or works in the next-generation communication system or other communication systems.
  • the core network equipment and the access network equipment can communicate through the NG interface, and the access network equipment and the terminal equipment can communicate through the Uu interface.
  • one access network device can serve multiple terminal devices.
  • Figure 1 only takes one terminal device as an example.
  • One core network device can also serve multiple access network devices. Take one of the access network equipment as an example.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • it includes an access network device 1, an access network device 2, a core network device 1, a core network device 2, and a terminal device.
  • Figure 2 takes the radio access network (RAN) as an example.
  • Core network equipment and access network equipment can communicate through NG interfaces, and access network equipment and access network equipment can communicate through NG interfaces.
  • Xn interface communication can be used to communicate between the access network device and the terminal device.
  • these two access network devices for example, work in the evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, or work in the NR system, or work in the next-generation communication system Or in other communication systems.
  • E-UTRA evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access
  • NR next-generation communication system
  • These two core network devices for example, work in the E-UTRA system, or in the NR system, or in the next-generation communication system or other communication systems.
  • the access network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 is, for example, a base station.
  • the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems.
  • a 4G system it can correspond to an eNB
  • a 5G system it corresponds to an access network device in 5G, such as gNB.
  • core network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • a 5G system it corresponds to a core network equipment in 5G, such as AMF.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • AMF core network equipment in 5G
  • Figure 1 or Figure 2 can also correspond to the access network equipment and core network equipment in the future mobile communication system.
  • the equipment can also correspond to the core network equipment in the future mobile communication system.
  • Figure 1 or Figure 2 takes the access network device as a base station as an example.
  • the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
  • the terminal device supports at least one user identity, such as a first user identity and/or a second user identity.
  • user identity for example, the first user identity or the second user identity, etc.
  • user identity can correspond to a SIM card or subscriber information or a virtual SIM card or a user identity allocated by the core network (such as international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) or temporary mobile subscriber identity, TMSI), etc.), or the identifier assigned by the access network, the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), etc.
  • IMSI international mobile subscriber identity
  • TMSI temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • C-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • a terminal device that supports two user identities can be regarded as two communication entities to the network side.
  • the network side will recognize two terminal devices that support different SIM cards or different subscriber information as two different communication entities, and will also support multiple different communication entities.
  • the same terminal device with SIM card or multiple subscriber information is identified as multiple different communication entities, even in reality, the terminal device supporting multiple different SIM cards or multiple subscriber information is just one physical entity.
  • the SIM card can be understood as the key for the terminal device to access the mobile network.
  • the SIM card and its evolution are collectively referred to as the SIM card in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the SIM card may be an identification card of a global system for mobile communications (GSM) digital mobile phone user, which is used to store the user's identification code and key, and support the authentication of the user by the GSM system.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • the SIM card may also be a universal subscriber identity module (USIM), which may also be referred to as an upgraded SIM card.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • USB universal subscriber identity module
  • description will be made mainly by taking the "user identity" corresponding to the SIM card as an example.
  • a SIM card is installed in the terminal device, and it is considered that the terminal device supports a user identity.
  • a terminal device with two SIM cards installed supports two user identities. In other words, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the SIM card and the user identity.
  • SIM cards are used for private business and the other SIM card is used for work.
  • one SIM card is used for data services, and the other SIM card is used for voice services.
  • the two SIM cards in a mobile phone can belong to the same mobile operator or different mobile operators; they can belong to the same standard (standards include NR, LTE, wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA ), time division multiple access (TDMA 2000, or GSM, etc.) can also belong to different standards.
  • the terminal device with dual SIM cards can have one of the following three modes:
  • Passive mode or also known as DSSS mode: Although two SIM cards can be inserted, only one can be used at a time.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic diagram of the passive mode.
  • two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example.
  • USIM1 is working (or in RRC connected state (connected)), that is, USIM1 can send and receive data, but USIM2 cannot be used at this time; or, at time 2, USIM2 is working (or in RRC connected state), also That is, USIM2 can send and receive data, but USIM1 cannot be used at this time.
  • DSDS mode Two SIM cards share a set of transceivers. For the idle state, the transceiver needs to monitor the paging messages of the two cards. For example, the transceiver may use time division multiple (TDM) mode to monitor.
  • TDM time division multiple
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of the DSDS mode.
  • two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example.
  • USIM1 is working (or in RRC connected state), that is, USIM1 can send and receive data.
  • USIM2 can be in an idle state or inactive state (inactive); or, USIM2 is working (or in RRC connected state), That is, the USIM2 can send and receive data, and at this time, the USIM1 can be in an idle state or an inactive state.
  • the inactive state can also be called the deactivated state, or the deactivated state, etc.
  • DSDA mode Two SIM cards use their own transceivers. The two SIM cards can be in the RRC connection state at the same time, that is, the terminal device can receive and send data from the two SIM cards at the same time.
  • FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of the DSDA mode.
  • two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example.
  • USIM1 When USIM1 is working (or when it enters the RRC connected state), that is, when USIM1 is sending and receiving data, USIM2 can also work, that is, USIM2 and USIM1 can be in the RRC connected state at the same time.
  • Radio resource control radio resource control
  • the terminal equipment has three radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) states.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the three RRC states are: RRC connected state (connected state), RRC idle state (idle state) and inactive state (inactive state).
  • the inactive state can also be referred to as an inactive state or a deactivated state.
  • RRC connected state (or, can also be referred to as connected state for short.
  • connected state and “RRC connected state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network, and it can Perform data transfer.
  • RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state for short.
  • idle state and “RRC idle state” are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, and the base station The context of the terminal device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the idle state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection establishment process.
  • Inactive state The terminal device entered the RRC connected state before, and then the base station releases the RRC connection, but the base station saves the context of the terminal device. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state again from the inactive state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection recovery process (or called the RRC connection re-establishment process). Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter time delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device has no data transmission, in order to save power, the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state. In this state, the terminal device needs to wake up at a certain position in a certain period to monitor whether the network is paging the terminal device. The location where the terminal device wakes up is the paging occasion (PO).
  • PO paging occasion
  • the downlink data of the terminal equipment arrives at the core network equipment.
  • the core network device sends a paging message to the base station, and the base station receives the paging message from the core network device.
  • the core network For a terminal device in an idle state, when downlink data arrives at the core network device (that is, the network wants to send data to the terminal device), the core network sends a paging message to multiple access network devices under the terminal device registration area to trigger multiple access network devices. Each base station sends a paging message on the air interface.
  • Figure 4 only takes one of the access network devices as an example.
  • the paging message may include the terminal device identification.
  • the terminal equipment identity may also be referred to as a user equipment identity (UE identity, UE ID).
  • the UE ID may be a temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI) assigned by the core network device to the terminal device, or the UE ID may be the UE identity used when the UE is in the RRC inactive state.
  • the paging message may also include a paging cycle (which may be recorded as T1) allocated by the core network to the terminal device.
  • the paging cycle may be a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the access network device determines the paging opportunity of the terminal device.
  • the access network device can determine to initiate a paging to the terminal device and determine the paging timing.
  • a cell-level paging cycle (which can be denoted as T2) can be broadcast in the system message of the cell broadcast by the base station.
  • the access network device will allocate a paging cycle (which can be recorded as T3) to the terminal device.
  • the access network device may determine the paging occasion PO of the terminal device based on the UE ID, paging cycle, and paging configuration parameters of the cell. Similarly, the terminal device can also determine the time domain position of the PO based on the UE ID, paging cycle, and cell paging configuration parameters applicable to all terminal devices in the current cell.
  • the access network device sends a paging message through the air interface, and the terminal device receives the paging message from the access network device.
  • the access network device sends a paging message on the air interface.
  • the access network device is configured with a radio access network-based notification area (RNA)
  • the access network device will send paging at the paging occasion of the terminal device in the cell indicated by the RNA.
  • the access network device can send a paging message to other access network devices, and the other access network devices can use the air interface at the paging occasion of the terminal device. Send a paging message.
  • the paging message may carry the user equipment paging identity (UE paging identity), so that the terminal device receiving the paging message can identify whether the paging message is sent to itself.
  • UE paging identity user equipment paging identity
  • the terminal device can monitor the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) on the determined PO to receive the paging message. After receiving the paging message and determining that the terminal device is paged, the terminal device will initiate a new RRC connection establishment process on the cell where it currently resides, or initiate an RRC connection recovery process to enter the RRC connection state.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the core network device When a terminal device attaches for the first time, the core network device allocates a TA identity (TAI) list (list) for the terminal device, and the TAI list includes a group of TA identities.
  • TAI TA identity
  • the network device When the network device is paging, it will call the TAI list. Therefore, when the terminal device moves out of the cell in the TAI list, the TAU process is initiated, thereby achieving TAI synchronization between the network side and the terminal device side.
  • the core network device can page the terminal device in this TAI list.
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the TAI list.
  • the TAI list includes a group of TAIs, and each TAI includes a mobile country code (MCC), a mobile network code (mobile network code, MNC), and a TA code (TA code, TAC).
  • MCC mobile country code
  • MNC mobile network code
  • TAC TA code
  • the division rules of TA are different under different communication standards.
  • the 5G system and the 4G system have different TA division rules.
  • the number of bits occupied by the TAC in the TAI structure in the 5G system and the number of bits occupied by the TAC in the TAI structure in the 4G system may be different.
  • the length of the TAC occupies 16 bits
  • the length of the TAC occupies 24 bits.
  • the terminal device or the core network device can convert the TAI under different communication standards, that is, convert the area corresponding to the TAI under the different communication standards.
  • the 4G TAI list can be converted to the corresponding 5G TAI list (that is, the 4G area corresponding to the 4G TAI list is converted to the corresponding 5G area), or the 5G TAI list can be converted to the corresponding 4G TAI list (that is, the TAI list in the 5G system corresponds to The 5G area is converted to the corresponding 4G area).
  • the different communication standards are 4G communication standards and 5G communication standards as examples to describe the conversion method of TAI under different communication standards.
  • TA division rules of 4G and 5G when terminal equipment or core network equipment converts the TA list used in the 4G system from the 4G area to the corresponding 5G area, it needs to know the TA division rules in the 4G system and the 5G system.
  • a 4G TAI and 5G TAI mapping table may be used to perform the area conversion, and the mapping table includes a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI.
  • mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • mapping rule between 4G TAI and 5G TAI may be pre-stored in the terminal device, or pre-defined by the protocol, or configured by the core network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network device can configure a 4G TAI list for a 4G communication standard terminal device.
  • the core network device learns that the 4G communication standard terminal device is the first user identity and another 5G communication standard terminal device is the second
  • the core network device configures the 4G TAI list
  • it can also convert the 4G TAI list to the 5G TAI list according to the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and convert it
  • the following 5G TAI list configures the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the terminal device needs to use the 5G TAI list, it can be used directly.
  • the above process may be embodied when the network configures the TAI list, the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list are respectively configured through the 4G TAI list and 5G TAI list domains.
  • the core network device may configure the terminal device with a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI in advance. Then, the terminal device may convert the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list into the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list according to the pre-configured mapping relationship when it needs to perform the conversion between the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of the terminal device initiating a TAU process.
  • the terminal device triggers a TAU report procedure (trigger to start TAU procedure).
  • the terminal device triggers the TAU reporting process.
  • the trigger conditions include but are not limited to the following: the TAU periodic reporting timer expires, the terminal device discovers that it has entered a new TA, and the new TA is not in the TAI list of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a TAU request (request) message to the access network device.
  • the TAU request message can include the old (old) globally unique temporary identity (GUTI), the old GUTI type (type), and the TAI ( last visited TAI) etc.
  • the access network device forwards the TAU request message received from the terminal device to the new core network device.
  • the new core network device is the core network device corresponding to the new cell that the terminal device enters after moving out of the cell in the TAI list.
  • the new core network equipment and the original core network equipment may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network device sends a TAU response (response) message to the terminal device, and the TAU response message carries the GUTI of the terminal device and the TAI list reconfigured for the terminal device.
  • the tracking area update process is performed, that is, TAU (tracking area update).
  • the two SIM cards are registered in two access networks respectively.
  • the two SIM cards are registered in two access networks respectively.
  • SIM card 1 of the two SIM cards belonging to the LTE communication standard can also be called 4G communication standard
  • SIM card 2 belonging to the NR communication standard can also be called 5G communication standard
  • Card 1 is registered in a 4G core network, such as MME
  • SIM card 2 is registered in a 5G core network, such as AMF.
  • the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • Area when entering the area range corresponding to the 5G TAI list, the terminal device will trigger the TAU process with the user identity corresponding to the SIM card 1 (for example, the first user identity).
  • the SIM card 2 in the terminal device since the terminal device has not moved out of the area corresponding to its corresponding 5G TAI list, there is no need to trigger the TAU process.
  • the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list.
  • the terminal device moves out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list, the terminal device will use the SIM card 2
  • the corresponding user identity (such as the second user identity) triggers the TAU process.
  • the SIM card 1 in the terminal device since the terminal device has not moved out of the area corresponding to its corresponding 4G TAI list, there is no need to trigger the TAU process.
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the terminal device may obtain a TAI set, which includes a first TAI list associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and a second TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • a TAI set which includes a first TAI list associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and a second TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to trigger the TAU process according to whether it moves out of the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the area corresponding to the TAI set may include the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application performs TAU based on the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices.
  • the network device may also obtain the above-mentioned TAI set, and in the paging process, the network device may page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the first user identity can be understood as the user identity that the terminal device has after the SIM card 1 is installed
  • the second user identity can be understood as the user identity that the terminal device has after the SIM card 2 is installed.
  • the communication mode of the SIM card 1 (that is, the communication mode of the first user identity) may be the same as or different from the communication mode of the SIM card 2 (that is, the communication mode of the second user identity). This is not limited.
  • the terminal device can also install more than two SIM cards, and the corresponding terminal device also supports more than two user identities.
  • the terminal device supports three user identities, four user identities, or More user identities can be registered in more than two networks, and each user identity can be registered in one network.
  • the embodiment of the present application mainly takes the terminal device supporting two user identities as an example, such as the first user identity and the second user identity.
  • the embodiments of this application will mainly be described based on the terminal device supporting two user identities.
  • the specific implementation can refer to the related description of the terminal device supporting two user identities, and some simple things may be required. However, it is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
  • the terminal device when the user identity of the terminal device is the first user identity, from the perspective of the network side, the terminal device can be understood as a user (from the perspective of the protocol, it is a terminal device, for example, called the first user );
  • the terminal device when the user identity of the terminal device is the second user identity, from the perspective of the network side, the terminal device can be understood as another user (for example, referred to as the second user).
  • the terminal device can be registered in the first network as the first user and registered in the second network as the second user.
  • the terminal device supports one user identity, which can also be described as the terminal device having one user identity.
  • the terminal device supports two user identities, which can also be described as the terminal device having two user identities.
  • the terminal device with the first user identity can be understood as “the first user identity of the terminal device", as indicated by these two descriptions.
  • the content is the same, these two descriptions can be interchanged.
  • the terminal device of the second user identity can be understood as “the second user identity of the terminal device”.
  • the content indicated by the two description methods is the same, and the two description methods can be interchanged.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 or the communication system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the three communication devices in the wireless communication system may have a wireless communication connection relationship.
  • One of the three communication devices may correspond to the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be configured in the terminal.
  • the chip in the device; the other communication device of the three communication devices may correspond to the access network device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be a chip configured in the access network device; the three communication devices
  • the other communication device in the device may correspond to the core network device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be a chip configured in the core network device.
  • pre-defined can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). This application does not limit its specific implementation.
  • the “saving” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to being stored in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of the memory can be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • protocol in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
  • any terminal device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method
  • any access network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method
  • the chips in the network equipment can perform TAU or paging based on the same method
  • any core network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the core network device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines the first area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the first area includes an area corresponding to the first TAI list and an area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the first TAI list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the first TAI list may be a 4G TAI list
  • the second TAI list may be a 5G TAI list
  • the first area may be the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, it initiates a TAU process.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the process of moving, when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the first area corresponding to the TAI set as the first user, it initiates a TAU to the first core network device registered with the terminal device as the first user. process.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is in the process of moving, when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the first area corresponding to the TAI set as the second user, it initiates to the second core network device registered with the terminal device as the second user.
  • TAU process Specifically, the TAU process can be referred to the above description, for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
  • the terminal device uses the SIM card 1 to detect the union of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it uses the SIM card 1 to initiate a TAU process to the MME.
  • the terminal device uses the SIM card 2 to detect the union of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it uses the SIM card 2 to initiate a TAU process to the AMF.
  • the terminal device when it detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list with SIM card 1, but is still in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it does not trigger the TAU process with SIM card 1, or when the terminal device detects with SIM card 2.
  • the SIM card 2 is not used to trigger the TAU process.
  • the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user.
  • the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list.
  • the TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the TAI set may be based on the first TAI list and The third TAI list is determined, where the third TAI list is converted from the second TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard.
  • the terminal device may convert the second TAI list into the third TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard. Then, in a possible manner, the terminal device may determine the TAI list set according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and then determine the first area according to the TAI list set. For example, the terminal device may take the union of the first TAI list and the second TAI list to obtain the TAI set, and then determine the first area according to the TAI set. Or in another possible manner, the terminal device may determine the first area according to the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the third TAI list. For example, the terminal device may take the union of the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the third TAI list to determine the first area.
  • mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard reference may be made to the above description. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device can convert the TAI lists of the two user identities according to the conversion relationship between the TAIs of the two communication standards when the supported communication modes of the two user identities are different. , So that when the two communication standards are different, the terminal device can still initiate the tracking area location update process when it detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by the terminal device and save air interface Signaling overhead reduces the power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the TAI set may include the first TAI list and the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device may determine the TAI list set for the first TAI list and the second TAI list, and then determine the first area according to the TAI list set.
  • the terminal device may determine the first area according to the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the foregoing mapping relationship may come from the first core network device or the second core network device. That is, the first core network device or the second core network device may predefine the mapping relationship, and then send the mapping relationship to the terminal device. Exemplarily, and optionally, in the method shown in FIG. 8, 802 may be further included, and the first core network device or the second core network device may send the mapping relationship to the terminal device. Or, in other possible implementation manners, the mapping relationship may be predefined in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also enable (or may also be referred to as activation) or de-enable (or may also be referred to as deactivation) the tracking area update TAU optimization function.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed.
  • the tracking area location update process is initiated.
  • the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed.
  • the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
  • the terminal device may enable the tracking area update TAU optimization function of some or all of the user identities supported by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can enable the TAU optimization function of the first user identity, disable the TAU optimization function of the second user identity, and can also enable the TAU optimization function of the first user identity and the TAU optimization function of the second user identity at the same time. Optimization function.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the terminal device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function by itself. For example, when the terminal device determines to insert at least two SIM cards, the TAU optimization function may be enabled, and when the terminal device determines that only one SIM card is inserted, the TAU optimization function may be disabled. Or, the terminal device periodically enables or disables the TAU optimization function during the process of supporting at least two SIMs. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information from the core network device.
  • the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs.
  • it may further include 806, and the core network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may receive first indication information from the first core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  • the terminal device may receive first indication information from the second core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the second user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  • the terminal device receives first indication information from the first core network device or the second core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity and the second user identity is enabled.
  • the first indication information may be bits, that is, bits may be sent to indicate whether to enable the TAU optimization function.
  • the first indication information may be 1 bit. When the bit is "1", it means that the TAU optimization function can be enabled, and when the bit is "0", it means that the TAU optimization function can be disabled.
  • the first indication information may be multiple bits.
  • the multiple bits may also indicate whether to perform TA update, and/or location area (location area, LA) update.
  • Table 1 shows a specific example of the first indication information.
  • the TA/TA joint update means that the terminal device can comprehensively consider the TA area corresponding to the first communication standard and the TA area corresponding to the second communication standard to perform location update, but the TAU optimization function is not enabled.
  • the first communication standard can be, for example, a 4G communication standard
  • the second communication standard can be a 5G communication standard.
  • the first communication standard and the second communication standard can also be other future standards, such as 5.5G or 6G wireless communication systems. No restrictions.
  • the joint TA/LA update means that the terminal device comprehensively considers the TA area corresponding to 4G and the LA area corresponding to 3G to perform location update.
  • the TA/TA joint update and the enabling of the TAU optimization function mean that the terminal device comprehensively considers the TA area corresponding to the first communication standard and the TA area corresponding to the second communication standard to perform location update.
  • the corresponding meaning of "110" is that the TAU optimization function is enabled during the configuration, and the TA/TA joint update only configures the terminal device to have this function, but through other instructions. To enable this function.
  • the terminal device may reflect whether its TAU optimization function is enabled according to the terminal device identifier stored locally.
  • the terminal device identifier may be a temporary identity (used in next update, TIN) of the terminal device used in the next update.
  • TIN is a parameter of the terminal device, which is used to indicate the parameter of the terminal device in a TAU request (TAU request) or an attach request (attach request), so that the network device can identify the terminal device.
  • the locally saved TIN value of the first user identity of the terminal device can be set to RAT-related TMSI (RAT-related TMSI) .
  • RAT-related TMSI may be the globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard corresponding to the first user identity, which depends on the network where the terminal device currently resides.
  • the RAT-related TMSI when the first user identity of the terminal device currently resides in a 4G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is 4G GUTI, and when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 5G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is 5G GUTI, when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 3G/3G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is P-GUTI.
  • the value of TIN can be as follows:
  • Circuit domain user temporary identifier packet temporary mobile subscriber identity, P-TMSI
  • GUID Globally unique temporary identifier
  • TMSI Temporary mobile subscriber identity
  • the value of the TIN corresponding to the second user identity of the terminal device is similar to the value of the TIN corresponding to the first user identity.
  • step 806 may be performed before step 810, or may be performed after step 810, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may also report to the core network device that it has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the method shown in FIG. 8 may further include step 808.
  • the terminal device sends second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU optimization function. That is, it has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
  • the terminal device may send second indication information to the first core network device as the first user identity, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the terminal device may use the second user identity to send second indication information to the second core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device is capable of supporting TAU.
  • the terminal device may use the first user identity to send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device (for example, it may be TAU request).
  • the first request includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where all The second terminal device identifier is related to whether the first user identity of the terminal device enables the tracking area optimization function.
  • the core network device can determine whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled according to the first terminal device identifier in the first request.
  • the second terminal device identifier may be a state terminal device identifier stored locally by the terminal device as the first user identity and used to reflect whether its TAU optimization function is enabled, such as a locally stored TIN.
  • the first terminal device identifier in the first request may be the same as the second terminal device identifier.
  • the first terminal device identifier and the second terminal device identifier may be GUTI under the first communication standard corresponding to the first user identity.
  • Table 2 shows an example of the first terminal device identifier carried in the first request.
  • the first communication standard is the 4G communication standard
  • the second communication standard is the 5G communication standard
  • the second terminal device identifier is the TIN as an example for description.
  • the first terminal device ID can be 4G-GUTI; if the TIN is set to 5G-GUTI, the first terminal device identifier can be set to 4G-GUTI (4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI); if the TIN is set When it is a RAT-related TMSI, the first terminal device identifier may take a value of 4G-GUTI.
  • the first terminal device identifier can take the value of 5G-GUTI (4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI); if the TIN is set to 5G-GUTI, the first terminal device identifier can take the value of 5G-GUTI; if TIN When it is set to RAT-related TMSI, the first terminal device identifier may take a value of 5G-GUTI.
  • the attach request sent to the first core network device may also include the above-mentioned first terminal device identifier, where the first terminal device identifier is also included in the attach request sent to the first core network device.
  • the terminal device identifier may be determined according to the above-mentioned second terminal device identifier.
  • Table 3 shows an example of the first terminal device identifier carried in the attach request. Among them, in Table 3, the first communication standard is the 4G communication standard, the second communication standard is the 5G communication standard, and the second terminal device identifier is the TIN as an example for description.
  • the value of the first terminal device identifier in the attach request is similar to the value of the first terminal device identifier in the first request, and the above description can be referred to. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the request for updating the tracking area sent by the terminal device as the second user identity to the second core network device is similar to the first request. For details, please refer to the first request. The description in, I won’t repeat it here.
  • the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user.
  • the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list.
  • the TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • the TAU method of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10.
  • the terminal device is registered to the 4G network as the first user, such as the first core network device
  • the first core network device includes, for example, an MME
  • the terminal device is registered to the 5G network as the second user, such as the second core network.
  • the second core network device for example, AMF is included.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device converts the 4G TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device into a 5G TAI list according to the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI acquired in advance, or associates the first user identity of the terminal device Convert the 5G TAI list into a 4G TAI list, and obtain a 4G/5G TAI list (an example of a TAI set).
  • the TAU method shown in FIG. 9 includes 901 to 907.
  • FIG. 9 shows the steps or operations of the TAU method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 9.
  • the various steps in FIG. 9 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 9, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 9 are to be performed.
  • the MME and AMF negotiate whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
  • the MME and AMF may negotiate through signaling to determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send second indication information to the MME as the first user identity to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. And/or, the terminal device may send second indication information to the AMF as the second user identity to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the AMF/MME determines to enable the TAU function of the terminal device of the corresponding user identity, it sends an instruction to enable the TAU optimization function to the terminal device of the corresponding user identity.
  • the AMF sends first indication information to the terminal device of the second user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
  • the AMF may also send the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI and the 5G TAI list to the terminal device of the second user identity.
  • the AMF may combine the first indication information, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and at least one of the 5G TAI list through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message
  • the first user identity is sent to the terminal device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 5G TAI list may also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled.
  • the first indication information is specifically a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 5G TAI list.
  • the MME sends first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
  • the MME may also send the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI and the 4G TAI list to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the MME may combine the first indication information, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and at least one of the 4G TAI list through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message It is sent to the terminal device of the second user identity, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 4G TAI list may also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled.
  • the first indication information is specifically a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 4G TAI list.
  • the first indication information can be referred to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device performs TAI list interaction.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity may obtain the 5G TAI list of the terminal device of the second user identity
  • the terminal device of the second user identity may obtain the 4G TAI list of the first user identity
  • the enabling TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is similar to the enabling of the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the first user identity. You can refer to the description of enabling the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the first user identity. You may need to do something simple However, it is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity determines the first area.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity may convert the 5G TAI list acquired in step 904 into a 4G TAI list according to the pre-acquired mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI. Then, according to the 4G TAI list obtained from the MME and the 4G TAI list converted from the 5G TAI list, the 4G/5G TAI list and the first area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list are determined.
  • the TAU is not triggered.
  • the terminal device with the first user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, the terminal device uses the first user identity to initiate a TAU process to the MME.
  • the terminal device may initiate a TAU request to the MME, which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the MME which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device obtains the 4G/5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and then the terminal device detects that the 4G/TAI is moved out of the 4G/TAI as the first user or the second user.
  • the tracking area location update process is initiated, which can avoid the TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects as the first user to move out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network device converts the 4G TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device into a 5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or converts the first user identity of the terminal device
  • the associated 5G TAI list is converted to a 4G TAI list, and a 4G/5G TAI list (an example of a TAI set) is obtained.
  • the core network device can send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device. That is to say, in this method, the terminal device does not perceive the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI.
  • the TAU method shown in FIG. 10 includes 1001 to 1006.
  • FIG. 10 shows the steps or operations of the TAU method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 10.
  • the various steps in FIG. 10 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 10, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 10 are to be performed.
  • the MME and AMF negotiate whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
  • the MME and SMF may negotiate through signaling to determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send second indication information to the MME as the first user identity to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. And/or, the terminal device may send second indication information to the AMF as the second user identity to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
  • the AMF/MME determines to enable the TAU function of the terminal device of the corresponding user identity, it sends an instruction to enable the TAU optimization function to the terminal device of the corresponding user identity.
  • the AMF sends first indication information to the terminal device of the second user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
  • the AMF may also send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device of the second user identity.
  • AMF converts the 4G TAI list of the first user identity of the terminal device obtained from the MME into a 5G TAI list, and then obtains the 5G TAI list converted from the 4G TAI list and the 5G 5G of the second user identity. Take the union of the TAI list to obtain the 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the 4G/5G TAI list is divided according to the NR TA division rule.
  • the AMF may send at least one of the first indication information and the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message.
  • a TAU accept message or through an attach accept message.
  • the 4G/5G TAI list can also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the MME sends first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
  • the MME may also send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device of the first user identity. It should be noted that at this time, the MME converts the 5G TAI list of the second user identity of the terminal device obtained from the AMF into the 4G TAI list, and then obtains the 4G TAI list converted from the 5G TAI list and the 4G of the second user identity. Take the union of the TAI list to obtain the 4G/5G TAI list. In other words, the 4G/5G TAI list is divided according to the LTE TA division rule.
  • the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list in step 1002 is the same as the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list in step 1003.
  • the MME may send at least one of the first indication information and the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal of the second user identity through a TAU accept (accept) message, or through an attach accept (attach accept) message.
  • a TAU accept (accept) message or through an attach accept (attach accept) message.
  • attach accept attach accept
  • Device but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the 4G/5G TAI list can also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the first indication information can be referred to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity determines the first area.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity may determine the first area according to the 4G/5G TAI list obtained from the MME.
  • the TAU is not triggered.
  • the terminal device of the first user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, the terminal device uses the first user identity to initiate a TAU process to the MME.
  • the terminal device may initiate a TAU request to the MME, which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the MME which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the MME or AMF obtains the 4G/5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained 4G TAI and 5G TAI mapping relationship, and then sends the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device, so that the terminal device is
  • a user identity or a second user identity detects moving out of the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list
  • it initiates the tracking area location update process, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting moving out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list as the first user
  • the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list, and to avoid the TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects that it moves out of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list as the second user and enters the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, thereby It can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network device determines the first area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the core network device is in the first area, and page the terminal device.
  • the terminal device supports at least two user identities.
  • the core network device may be a network side device to which the first user identity of the at least two user identities is registered. Therefore, step 1120 can also be described as that the core network device is in the first area and pages the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate a tracking area location update when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the core network device paging the first user identity of the terminal device is implemented. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and at the same time realize paging of terminal devices in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
  • the core network device may convert the second TAI list into the third TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard, and then, according to the second TAI list and the third TAI List, the process of determining the first area.
  • the process of determining the first area by the terminal device is similar, and the above description can be referred to. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device is registered to the 4G network as the first user, such as the first core network device, the first core network device includes, for example, an MME, and the terminal device is registered to the 5G network as the second user, such as the second core network.
  • the second core network device for example, AMF is included.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example.
  • the following describes the paging process of the terminal device of the second user identity by the AMF as an example.
  • the paging process of the terminal equipment of the first user identity by the MME is similar to the paging process of the terminal equipment of the second user identity by the AMF.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the method includes 1201 to 1204.
  • the AMF determines the terminal device that needs to page the second user identity. For example, when the downlink data of the terminal device with the second user identity arrives, it can be determined that the terminal device with the second user identity needs to be paged.
  • the AMF determines that the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is enabled.
  • AFM determines the first area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the 4G/5G TAI list determined by the AMF can be referred to the above description. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the range of the first area.
  • the AMF may send a paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity, and the paging message includes the terminal device identity of the terminal device under the second user identity.
  • the AMF is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list, and the tracking area can be initiated when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the AMF paging the second user identity of the terminal device is implemented. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce terminal equipment power consumption, and at the same time realize the search for terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. call.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the AMF pages the terminal equipment of the second user in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list
  • the MME pages the terminal equipment of the second user in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the method includes 1301 to 1306.
  • the AMF determines that the terminal device with the identity of the second user needs to be paged. For example, when the downlink data of the terminal device with the second user identity arrives, it can be determined that the terminal device with the second user identity needs to be paged.
  • the AMF determines that the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is enabled.
  • the AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the range corresponding to the 5G TAI list.
  • the AMF may send a paging message #1 to the terminal device of the second user identity, and the paging message #1 includes the terminal device identifier under the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the AMF may send the paging message #1 to the gNB (an example of the access network device where the terminal device resides as the second user).
  • the AMF sends a paging message, such as paging message #2, to the MME.
  • the paging message #2 is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • AMF can send a paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list
  • the MME can send the paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list
  • the paging message can thereby realize the paging of the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list.
  • the MME can assist the AMF to send paging messages in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list to page the terminal device of the second user identity.
  • the paging message #2 may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the paging message #2 is to page the terminal device of the second user identity.
  • the paging message #2 may include a field for indicating a paging type, and the paging type field is indicated by using an extension field.
  • the paging type includes the paging of the first user identity and the paging of the second user identity.
  • the AMF may know in advance that the terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity (that is, the first user identity and the second user identity are associated user identities), and then indicate the current transmission through the above-mentioned extension field. Is the paging message sent to the first user identity or the second user identity.
  • one bit can be extended in the paging message. When the bit value is "1", it means that the current paging message is a paging message sent to the first user identity of the terminal device registered in the own network. When the bit value is "0", it means that the current paging message is a paging message sent to the user identity associated with the first user identity (for example, the second user identity). Or, it can be reversed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the number of bits used to distinguish paging objects may be multiple. At this time, different values of the number of bits correspond to paging messages of different user identities.
  • the MME pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the area range corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the MME may send a paging message #2 to the terminal device of the first user identity, and the paging message #2 is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the MME may send a paging message #2 to the eNB (an example of an access network device where the terminal device resides as the first user).
  • the eNB After receiving the paging message #2, the eNB sends an air interface paging message #2 to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the air interface paging message #2 is used to send information to the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the terminal device performs paging.
  • the MME may also send a paging message #3 to the eNB.
  • the paging message #3 is used to send a paging message to the first terminal device in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • User identity for paging.
  • the eNB After receiving the paging message #3, the eNB sends an air interface paging message #3 to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the air interface paging message #3 is used to send information to the first user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the terminal device performs paging.
  • the air interface paging message #2 and the air interface paging message #3 can be distinguished in the following manner:
  • Air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 use different paging configurations.
  • the air interface paging message #2 may use the second paging configuration
  • the air interface paging message #3 may use the first paging configuration, where the first paging configuration and the second paging configuration are different.
  • Air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 use different paging channels, that is, the physical resources used to transmit air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 are different.
  • the air interface paging message #2 is transmitted through the second paging physical resource, and the air interface paging message #3 is transmitted using the first paging physical resource, where the first paging physical resource is different from the second paging physical resource.
  • Manner 3 The PDCCH corresponding to the air interface paging message #2 and the PDCCH corresponding to the air interface paging message #3 are scrambled using different paging radio network temporary identifiers (P-RNTI).
  • P-RNTI paging radio network temporary identifier
  • the PDCCH corresponding to paging message #2 is scrambled by the second P-RNTI
  • the PDCCH corresponding to paging message #3 is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
  • the terminal device determines that the received paging message in 1305 is the paging message of the second user identity.
  • the terminal device may receive the paging message as the first user, and then according to whether the paging message carries the third indication information, or according to the transmission mode of the paging message, or configuration parameters, or the paging message
  • the scrambling method of the corresponding PDCCH determines whether the paging message is the own paging message or the paging message of the second user identity.
  • the AMF is used to page the terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list
  • the MME is used to page the terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
  • the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce terminal equipment power consumption, and at the same time realize the search for terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. call.
  • the foregoing description of the solution of the present application takes the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example, but the embodiments of the application are not limited to this.
  • the MME can also be replaced with the first core network equipment
  • the AMF can also be replaced with the second core network equipment, both of which fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus 1400 provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in a terminal device.
  • the device 1400 may be a core network device, or a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that can be provided in a core network device.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in an access network device.
  • the apparatus 1400 may include a processing unit 1410 (that is, an example of a processor) and a transceiver unit 1430.
  • the processing unit 1410 may also be referred to as a determining unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or interface circuit.
  • the device may further include a storage unit 1420.
  • the storage unit 1420 is used to store instructions.
  • the storage unit may also be used to store data or information.
  • the storage unit 1420 may be realized by a memory.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored by the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method.
  • the processing unit 1410, the storage unit 1420, and the transceiver unit 1430 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals.
  • the storage unit 1420 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 1410 can be used to call and run the calculation program from the storage unit 1420 to control the transceiver unit 1430 to receive and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment or core network equipment or access network equipment.
  • the storage unit 1420 may be integrated in the processing unit 1410, or may be provided separately from the processing unit 1410.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 includes a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 includes an input interface and an output interface.
  • the function of the transceiving unit 1430 may be implemented by a transceiving circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiving.
  • the processing unit 1410 may be realized by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit, or a general-purpose chip.
  • a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the communication device (such as a terminal device, or an access network device, or a core network device) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is to say, the program code for realizing the functions of the processing unit 1410 and the transceiving unit 1430 is stored in the storage unit 1420.
  • the general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 1410 and the transceiving unit 1430 by executing the code in the storage unit 1420.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the first area corresponding to the TAI set of the tracking area identification, wherein the first area includes the first TAI list corresponding And the area corresponding to the second TAI list, the first TAI list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 is configured to initiate a tracking area update TAU process when detecting that it moves out of the first area.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard It is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
  • the processing unit 1410 is further configured to determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, where the first indication information comes from the first core network device.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The TAU optimization function.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 is specifically configured to use the identity of the first user to send a first request for updating a tracking area to a first core network device, where the first request includes the terminal device
  • the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity, the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, and the second terminal device identifier is the same as the terminal device identifier. Whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the device is enabled is related.
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a second paging message as the second user, and the second paging message is used to respond to an area corresponding to the second TAI list. Paging with the first user identity of the terminal device.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the first user identity of the terminal device. Paging.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a third paging message as the second user, and the third paging message is used to be in an area corresponding to the second TAI list, Paging the second user identity of the terminal device;
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
  • each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to execute various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the terminal device in the foregoing method.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be a core network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the core network device.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the first area corresponding to the tracking area identifier TAI set, where the first area includes the first area An area corresponding to a TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, where the first TAI list is associated with a first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with a second user identity of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 is configured to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area.
  • the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard It is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area, where the paging message includes the first user The identification of the terminal device associated with the identity.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the first TAI list, and the first paging message
  • the call message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send a second paging message to a second core network device, where the second paging message is used to provide information about the identity of the first user in an area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device performs paging.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the terminal device of the first user identity. Paging.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard to the terminal device of the first user identity, wherein the first communication standard A communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
  • the transceiver unit 1430 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable a tracking area update TAU optimization function.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU Optimization function.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a first request for updating a tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the first request includes the terminal device's The first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity, the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, and the second terminal device identifier is the same as the terminal device identifier. Whether the TAU function of the first user identity is enabled is related.
  • the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  • each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the core network device in the above method.
  • the details are omitted. Description.
  • the apparatus 1400 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device.
  • the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine a second paging message, and the second paging message is The area corresponding to the TAI list pages the terminal device of the first user identity, where the terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is related to the second user identity. Identity association.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the second paging message to the terminal device with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the processing unit 1410 may control the transceiver unit 1430 to receive the second paging message from the core network device.
  • the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the terminal device of the first user identity. Paging.
  • the transceiving unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a third paging message, and the third paging message is used to communicate with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  • the terminal device performs paging;
  • the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource
  • the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource
  • the PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
  • each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the access network device in the foregoing method.
  • the access network device in the foregoing method.
  • it is omitted. Its detailed description.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 provided by this application.
  • the terminal device 1500 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • FIG. 15 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1500 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
  • the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 15 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data.
  • the processor in FIG. 15 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1510 of the terminal device 1500
  • the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1520 of the terminal device 1500.
  • the terminal device 1500 includes a transceiving unit 1510 and a processing unit 1520.
  • the transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1510 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1510 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1600 provided by an embodiment of this application, which can be used to implement the access device (for example, the first access network device, the second access network device, or the third access network device) in the above method.
  • Access network equipment function.
  • the access network device 1600 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1610 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1620.
  • RRU 1610 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1611 and a radio frequency unit 1612.
  • the RRU 1610 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment.
  • the BBU1620 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on.
  • the RRU 1610 and the BBU 1620 may be physically arranged together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU 1620 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and so on.
  • the BBU (processing unit) 1620 may be used to control the base station 40 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1620 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and may also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network.
  • the BBU 1620 also includes a memory 1621 and a processor 1622.
  • the memory 1621 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 1621 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like.
  • the processor 1622 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the memory 1621 and the processor 1622 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • all or part of the functions of part 1620 and part 1610 can be realized by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station.
  • the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
  • FIG. 16 the structure of the access network device illustrated in FIG. 16 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs.
  • the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments or the steps performed by the core network device are implemented. Or the steps performed by the access network equipment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product that, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or the steps performed by the core network device, or the steps performed by the access network device. step.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit may be a processor, for example.
  • the communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like.
  • the processing unit can execute computer instructions so that the chip in the communication device executes the steps performed by the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application, or the steps performed by the core network device, or the steps performed by the access network device.
  • the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned core network equipment, access network equipment, and terminal equipment.
  • various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • machine-readable medium may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a wireless communication method and apparatus, wherein same can help to reduce the frequency of a terminal device performing TAU reporting, can save on air interface signaling overheads, and can reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. In the embodiments of the present application, a terminal device initiates a tracking area location update process when detecting that a SIM card has moved out of an area corresponding to a TAI set, such that a TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects, with a first user identity, that the SIM card has moved out of an area corresponding to a first TAI list and enters an area corresponding to a second TAI list can be prevented and a TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects, with a second user identity, that the SIM card has moved out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list can be prevented. Therefore, the frequency of a terminal device performing TAU reporting is reduced, air interface signaling overheads are saved, the power consumption of the terminal device is reduced, and the operating efficiency of a communication system is improved.

Description

无线通信的方法和装置Method and device for wireless communication 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体的,涉及无线通信的方法和装置。This application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to methods and devices for wireless communication.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的发展,很多终端设备(如手机)都具备支持双卡双待。双卡双待指的是终端设备可以同时插入两个用户识别模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)或通用集成电路卡(universal integrated circuit card,UICC)卡,而且这两张卡可以同时待机。以双卡双待的终端设备支持两张SIM卡为例,这两张SIM卡可以属于同一通信制式,比如支持同一无线接入技术(radio acess technology,RAT),比如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)或新无线(new radio,NR)。这两张SIM卡也可以属于不同的通信制式,比如一张SIM卡支持LTE,另一张SIM卡支持NR,又比如一张SIM卡支持通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS),另一张SIM卡支持码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)等。With the development of communication technology, many terminal devices (such as mobile phones) are equipped to support dual card dual standby. Dual card dual standby means that the terminal device can insert two subscriber identity module (SIM) or universal integrated circuit card (UICC) cards at the same time, and the two cards can be on standby at the same time. Take the dual-card dual-standby terminal device supporting two SIM cards as an example. The two SIM cards can belong to the same communication standard, such as supporting the same radio access technology (RAT), such as long-term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) or new radio (NR). The two SIM cards can also belong to different communication standards. For example, one SIM card supports LTE and the other SIM card supports NR. Another example is that one SIM card supports universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS). A SIM card supports code division multiple access (CDMA), etc.
对于支持两个SIM卡的终端设备,这两个SIM卡分别在两个接入网注册。终端设备在这两个网络对应的跟踪区(tracking area,TA)移动时,只要一个SIM卡移出了自身网络对应的跟踪区列表(TA list),就会触发跟踪区域更新(tracking area update,TAU)。这样,可能会导致终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,导致空口信令开销增加。For a terminal device that supports two SIM cards, the two SIM cards are registered in two access networks respectively. When the terminal device moves in the tracking area (TA) corresponding to these two networks, as long as a SIM card moves out of the tracking area list (TA) corresponding to its own network, it will trigger the tracking area update (TAU) ). In this way, it may cause the terminal equipment to frequently report TAUs, resulting in an increase in air interface signaling overhead.
因此,亟需一种方案,来解决双SIM卡的终端设备频繁进行TAU上报的问题。Therefore, there is an urgent need for a solution to solve the problem of frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices with dual SIM cards.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种无线通信的方法和装置,能够有助于减少终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,提升通信系统的运行效率。The present application provides a wireless communication method and device, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, and improve the operating efficiency of the communication system.
第一方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,该方法由终端设备或可配置于终端设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。In the first aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, and the method is executed by a terminal device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the terminal device. In the following, the method is executed by a terminal device as an example for description.
在该方法中,终端设备确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,该第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。当检测到移出第一区域时,终端设备发起跟踪区域更新TAU过程。In this method, the terminal device determines the first area corresponding to the tracking area identification TAI set, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI list is The first user identity of the terminal device is associated, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device. When detecting moving out of the first area, the terminal device initiates a tracking area update TAU process.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备通过在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,能够避免终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出与第一TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第二TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU过程,以及避免终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出与第二TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第一TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU流程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user. And the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list. The TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一用户身份的通信制式为第一通信制式,所述第二用户身份的通信制式为第二通信制式。当第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同时,所述TAI集合是根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the communication standard of the first user identity is the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the second user identity is the second communication standard. When the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI of the first communication standard and the second communication standard The mapping relationship between the TAIs is obtained by converting the second TAI list.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备能够在支持的两个用户身份的通信制式不同的情况下,根据两个通信制式的TAI之间的转换关系,对这两个用户身份的TAI列表进行转换,从而实现在这两个通信制式不同时,终端设备仍然能够在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can convert the TAI lists of the two user identities according to the conversion relationship between the TAIs of the two communication standards when the supported communication modes of the two user identities are different. , So that when the two communication standards are different, the terminal device can still initiate the tracking area location update process when it detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by the terminal device and save air interface Signaling overhead reduces the power consumption of terminal equipment.
一些可能的实现方式中,第一通信制式可以与第二通信制式相同。此时,该TAI集合包括第一TAI列表和第二TAI列表。In some possible implementations, the first communication standard may be the same as the second communication standard. At this time, the TAI set includes a first TAI list and a second TAI list.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,上述映射关系来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。其中,第一核心网设备是终端设备以第一用户身份注册到的网络中的设备,第二核心网设备是终端设备以第二用户身份注册到的网络中的设备。或者,在其他可能的实现方式中,终端设备中可以预先定义该映射关系。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the foregoing mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device. The first core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the first user, and the second core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the second user. Or, in other possible implementation manners, the mapping relationship may be predefined in the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述TAI集合来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。或者,在其他可能的实现方式中,终端设备中可以预先定义该TAI集合。这样,终端设备可以对第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI的映射关系不感知,进一步节省终端设备能耗。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device. Or, in other possible implementation manners, the TAI set may be predefined in the terminal device. In this way, the terminal device may not perceive the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard, which further saves energy consumption of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备还可以根据第一指示信息确定使能TAU优化功能,所述第一指示信息来自第一核心网设备。这样,可以由核心网设备根据需要,确定是否使能TAU优化功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device may also determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, the first indication information being from the first core network device. In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs.
作为一个示例,对于终端设备的第一用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端设备以该第一用户身份在上述第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第一用户身份检测到终端设备移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As an example, for the first user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed. When it is detected that the terminal device moves out of the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update process is initiated.
作为另一个示例,对于终端设备的第二用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端设备以第二用户身份在第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第二用户身份检测到终端设备移出上述第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As another example, for the second user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed. When the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备还可以以所述第一用户身份,向所述第一核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device may also use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, where the second indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support the TAU optimization function.
这样,核心网设备可以根据终端设备是否具有(即支持)TAU优化功能的能力,确定是否使能该终端设备的TAU优化功能。In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备可以以所述第一用户身份,向第一核心网设备发送用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能相关。这样,核心网设备可以根据该第一请求中的第 一终端设备标识,确定第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device may use the identity of the first user to send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device. In the first request, The first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device is included, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, wherein the second terminal device The identification is related to whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled. In this way, the core network device can determine whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled according to the first terminal device identifier in the first request.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备还可以以所述第二用户身份接收第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。这样,能够实现核心网设备在第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备的第一用户身份进行寻呼。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the terminal device may also receive a second paging message as the second user, and the second paging message is used to list in the second TAI list. In the corresponding area, page the first user identity of the terminal device. In this way, the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。这样,网络设备可以显示指示第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼的。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The first user identity of the terminal device performs paging. In this way, the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
示例性的,第二寻呼消息中可以包括用于指示寻呼类型的字段,该寻呼类型的字段是利用扩展字段进行指示的。Exemplarily, the second paging message may include a field for indicating a paging type, and the paging type field is indicated by using an extension field.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备还可以以所述第二用户身份,接收第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第二用户身份进行寻呼。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device may also receive a third paging message as the second user, and the third paging message is used in the second TAI Paging the second user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the list.
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
所述第二寻呼消息对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH是由第二寻呼无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
这样,网络设备可以隐式指示第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼的,对终端设备而言,可以通过寻呼消息的传输方式,或者配置参数,或者该寻呼消息对应的PDCCH的加扰方式来确定该寻呼消息是发给哪个用户身份的。In this way, the network device can implicitly indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device. For the terminal device, the paging message transmission mode or configuration parameters can be used for the terminal device. Or the scrambling method of the PDCCH corresponding to the paging message determines which user identity the paging message is sent to.
第二方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,该方法由核心网设备或可配置于核心网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由核心网设备执行为例进行描述。作为示例,该核心网设备为终端设备以第一用户身份注册到的网络中的设备。In a second aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, which is executed by a core network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the core network device. In the following, the method is executed by the core network device as an example for description. As an example, the core network device is a device in the network to which the terminal device is registered as the first user.
在该方法中,核心网设备确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。然后,在所述第一区域内,核心网设备对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。In this method, the core network device determines the first area corresponding to the tracking area identification TAI set, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI The list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device. Then, in the first area, the core network device pages the terminal device of the first user identity.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过核心网设备在TAI集合对应的第一区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程时,实现核心网设备在TAI集合对应的区域中对该终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在TAI集合对应的区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate a tracking area location update when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set. During the process, the core network device is implemented to page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and at the same time realize paging of terminal devices in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一用户身份的通信制式为第一通信制式,所述第二用户身份的通信制式为第二通信制式。当第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同时,所述TAI集合是根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列 表进行转换得到的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the communication standard of the first user identity is the first communication standard, and the communication standard of the second user identity is the second communication standard. When the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI of the first communication standard and the second communication standard The mapping relationship between the TAIs is obtained by converting the second TAI list.
因此,本申请实施例中,核心网设备能够在终端设备支持的两个用户身份的通信制式不同的情况下,根据两个通信制式的TAI之间的转换关系,对这两个用户身份的TAI列表进行转换,从而实现在这两个通信制式不同时,实现核心网设备在TAI集合对应的区域中对该终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the core network device is able to determine the TAI of the two user identities based on the conversion relationship between the TAI of the two communication standards when the communication modes of the two user identities supported by the terminal device are different. The list is converted, so that when the two communication standards are different, the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备可以在所述第一区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may send a paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area, and the paging message Including the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过核心网设备在TAI集合对应的第一区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程中,实现核心网设备对该终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在第一区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate the tracking area location update process when the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area. , To realize the paging of the first user identity of the terminal device by the core network device. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and simultaneously implement paging for terminal devices in the first area.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备可以在所述第一TAI列表对应的区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the first TAI list , The first paging message includes a terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
然后,核心网设备可以向第二核心网设备发送第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。第二核心网设备为终端设备以第二用户身份注册的网络中的设备。Then, the core network device may send a second paging message to the second core network device, where the second paging message is used to contact the first user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list. The terminal device performs paging. The second core network device is a device in the network where the terminal device is registered as the second user.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过核心网设备在第一TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,第二核心网设备在第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程中,实现第二核心网设备对该终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在第一区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the first TAI list, and the second core network device is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list. When the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, and initiates the tracking area location update process, the second core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and simultaneously implement paging for terminal devices in the first area.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。这样,网络设备可以显示指示第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging. In this way, the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备还可以向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述TAI集合。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the core network device may also send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备还可以向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may also send to the terminal device of the first user identity the difference between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard. The mapping relationship, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备还可以向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于使能跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。因此,本申请实施例中核心网设备能够根据需要,确定是否使能TAU优化功能。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may also send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable tracking District update TAU optimization function. Therefore, the core network device in the embodiment of the present application can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs.
作为一个示例,对于终端设备的第一用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端 设备以该第一用户身份在上述第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第一用户身份检测到终端设备移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As an example, for the first user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed. When it is detected that the terminal device moves out of the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update process is initiated.
作为另一个示例,对于终端设备的第二用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端设备以第二用户身份在第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第二用户身份检测到终端设备移出上述第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As another example, for the second user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed. When the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备还可以接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may also receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used to indicate The terminal device supports the TAU optimization function.
这样,核心网设备可以根据终端设备是否具有(即支持)TAU优化功能的能力,确定是否使能该终端设备的TAU优化功能。In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,核心网设备还可以接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份TAU功能是否使能相关。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the core network device may also receive a first request for updating the tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the first request Includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where the second terminal The device identifier is related to whether the TAU function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
第三方面,提供了一种无线通信的方法,该方法由接入网设备或可配置于接入网设备的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)执行。下面以该方法由接入网设备执行为例进行描述。In a third aspect, a wireless communication method is provided, and the method is executed by an access network device or a component (for example, a chip or a circuit, etc.) configurable in the access network device. The following describes the method executed by the access network device as an example.
在该方法中,接入网设备确定第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在第二TAI列表对应的区域对所述第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼,其中,所述终端设备支持所述第一用户身份和第二用户身份,所述第二TAI列表与所述第二用户身份关联。然后,接入网设备在第二TAI列表对应的区域内向第二用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述第二寻呼消息。In this method, the access network device determines a second paging message, and the second paging message is used to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list, where all The terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity. Then, the access network device sends the second paging message to the terminal device with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
这样,能够实现核心网设备在第二TAI列表对应的区域内,通过接入网设备对终端设备的第一用户身份进行寻呼。In this way, the core network device can page the first user identity of the terminal device through the access network device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
一个实例,确定第二寻呼消息包括从核心网设备接收该第二寻呼消息。然后,接入网设备可以将第二寻呼消息转成该接入网的格式的寻呼消息。In one example, determining the second paging message includes receiving the second paging message from a core network device. Then, the access network device can convert the second paging message into a paging message in the format of the access network.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
这样,网络设备可以显示指示第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼的。In this way, the network device can display and indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,还包括发送第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第二用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼;With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes sending a third paging message, where the third paging message is used to address the second TAI list in the area corresponding to the second TAI list. 2. The terminal device of the user identity performs paging;
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
所述第二寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第二P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
这样,网络设备可以隐式指示第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼的,对终端设备而言,可以通过寻呼消息的传输方式,或者配置参数,或者该寻呼消息对应的PDCCH的加扰方式来确定该寻呼消息是发给哪个用户身份的。In this way, the network device can implicitly indicate that the second paging message is for paging the first user identity of the terminal device. For the terminal device, the paging message transmission mode or configuration parameters can be used for the terminal device. Or the scrambling method of the PDCCH corresponding to the paging message determines which user identity the paging message is sent to.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线通信的装置,用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,具体的,该装置包括用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理单元和收发单元。示例性的,该无线通信的装置可以为通信设备,或者设置于通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述无线通信的装置可以为终端设备。下面以该无线通信的装置为终端设备为例。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the above-mentioned first aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the first aspect. Specifically, the device includes a device for executing the above-mentioned first aspect. The module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the first aspect includes, for example, a processing unit and a transceiver unit. Exemplarily, the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the wireless communication apparatus may be a terminal device. The following takes the wireless communication device as a terminal device as an example.
所述处理单元,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与所述终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。The processing unit is configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list It is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
所述收发单元,用于当检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域更新TAU过程。The transceiver unit is configured to initiate a tracking area update TAU process when it is detected that it moves out of the first area.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中,所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is the TAI according to the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAI and the TAI of the second communication standard is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is The communication standard of the second user identity.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述映射关系来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述TAI集合来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于根据第一指示信息确定使能TAU优化功能,所述第一指示信息来自第一核心网设备。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, and the first indication information comes from the first core network. equipment.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于以所述第一用户身份,向所述第一核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, and the second indication The information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU optimization function.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
以所述第一用户身份,向第一核心网设备发送用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能相关。As the first user identity, send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device, where the first request includes the first terminal device identity corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, so The first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled or not .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
以所述第二用户身份接收第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。Receive a second paging message as the second user identity, where the second paging message is used to page the first user identity of the terminal device in an area corresponding to the second TAI list .
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The first user identity of the terminal device performs paging.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
以所述第二用户身份,接收第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第二用户身份进行寻呼;Receive a third paging message as the second user identity, where the third paging message is used to page the second user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list call;
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
所述第二寻呼消息对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH是由第二寻呼无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线通信的装置,用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,具体的,该装置包括用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理单元和收发单元。示例性的,该无线通信的装置可以为通信设备,或者设置于通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述无线通信的装置可以为核心网设备。下面以该无线通信的装置为核心网设备为例。In the fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the above-mentioned second aspect or the method in any possible implementation of the second aspect. Specifically, the device includes a device for executing the above-mentioned second aspect. The module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect or the second aspect, for example, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. Exemplarily, the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the wireless communication apparatus may be a core network device. The following takes the wireless communication device as the core network device as an example.
所述处理单元,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。The processing unit is configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list It is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
所述收发单元,用于在所述第一区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The transceiver unit is configured to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is the TAI according to the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAI and the TAI of the second communication standard is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is all Describe the communication standard of the second user identity.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
在所述第一区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。In the first area, a paging message is sent to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the paging message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
在所述第一TAI列表对应的区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识;In the area corresponding to the first TAI list, send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first paging message includes the terminal device identity associated with the first user identity ;
向第二核心网设备发送第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。Sending a second paging message to a second core network device, where the second paging message is used to page the terminal device with the first user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述TAI集合。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。Sending the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, The second communication standard is a communication standard of the second user identity.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于使能跟踪区更新TAU优 化功能。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, and the first indication information is used to enable It can update the TAU optimization function in the tracking area.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used for Instruct the terminal device to support the TAU optimization function.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元还用于:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to:
接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份TAU功能是否使能相关。Receiving a first request for updating a tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user identity, where the first request includes a first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and The first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, wherein the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种无线通信的装置,用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法,具体的,该装置包括用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括处理单元和收发单元。示例性的,该无线通信的装置可以为通信设备,或者设置于通信设备中的芯片或其他部件。示例性的,所述无线通信的装置可以为接入网设备。下面以该无线通信的装置为接入网设备为例。In the sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a wireless communication device, which is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation of the third aspect. Specifically, the device includes a device for executing the third aspect. The module of the method in any possible implementation manner of the aspect or the third aspect, for example, includes a processing unit and a transceiver unit. Exemplarily, the wireless communication device may be a communication device, or a chip or other component provided in the communication device. Exemplarily, the wireless communication apparatus may be an access network device. Take the wireless communication device as an access network device as an example below.
所述处理单元,用于确定第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在第二TAI列表对应的区域对所述第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼,其中,所述终端设备支持所述第一用户身份和第二用户身份,所述第二TAI列表与所述第二用户身份关联。The processing unit is configured to determine a second paging message, where the second paging message is used to page the terminal device of the first user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list, wherein the terminal The device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity.
所述收发单元还用于在第二TAI列表对应的区域内向第二用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述第二寻呼消息。The transceiving unit is further configured to send the second paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
一些示例中,处理单元可以控制收发单元从核心网设备接收该第二寻呼消息。然后,接入网设备可以将第二寻呼消息转成该接入网的格式的寻呼消息。In some examples, the processing unit may control the transceiver unit to receive the second paging message from the core network device. Then, the access network device can convert the second paging message into a paging message in the format of the access network.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the The terminal device of the first user identity performs paging.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述收发单元具体用于:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
发送第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第二用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼;Sending a third paging message, where the third paging message is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list;
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或所述第二寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第二P-RNTI加扰,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰。Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; Or the PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和收发器。可选的,还可以包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储指令,该处理器用于执行该存储器存储的指令,并且当该处理器执行该存储器存储的指令时,该执行使得该处理器执行第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including a processor and a transceiver. Optionally, memory may also be included. Wherein, the memory is used to store instructions, the processor is used to execute instructions stored in the memory, and when the processor executes the instructions stored in the memory, the execution causes the processor to execute any one of the first aspect to the third aspect Aspect or any possible implementation of any aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。In an eighth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes a method for executing any one of the first to third aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects The instructions in the method.
第九方面,本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer can execute any one or any of the first to third aspects. Any possible implementation method.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,包括处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, which includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor is used to call and execute instructions from the communication interface. When the processor executes the instructions, it implements the first aspect to the first aspect. A method in any one of the three aspects or any possible implementation of any one of the aspects.
可选地,该芯片还可以包括存储器,该存储器中存储有指令,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的指令或源于其他的指令。当该指令被执行时,处理器用于实现上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory in which instructions are stored, and the processor is configured to execute instructions stored in the memory or instructions derived from other sources. When the instruction is executed, the processor is used to implement any one of the foregoing first to third aspects or the method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the aspects.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括具有实现上述第一方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,上述具有实现上述第二方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置,以及上述具有实现上述第三方面的各方法及各种可能设计的功能的装置。In an eleventh aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a device capable of implementing the methods and various possible designs of the foregoing first aspect, and the foregoing has the methods and various possible designs that implement the foregoing second aspect. The device with the function of, and the device with the above-mentioned method and various possible design functions of the above-mentioned third aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
图2示出了本申请实施例的另一种应用场景的示意图。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
图3A示出了终端设备的被动模式的一种示意图。FIG. 3A shows a schematic diagram of the passive mode of the terminal device.
图3B示出了终端设备的DSDS模式的一种示意图。FIG. 3B shows a schematic diagram of the DSDS mode of the terminal device.
图3C示出了终端设备的DSDA模式的一种示意图。Fig. 3C shows a schematic diagram of the DSDA mode of the terminal device.
图4示出了网络设备对终端设备发起寻呼的一个示意性流程图。Figure 4 shows a schematic flow chart of a network device initiating paging to a terminal device.
图5示出了TAI列表的一个结构示意图。Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the TAI list.
图6示出了终端设备发起TAU过程的一个示意性流程图。Fig. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU process initiated by a terminal device.
图7示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景的具体示例。Fig. 7 shows a specific example of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
图8示出了本申请实施例提供的一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了本申请实施例提供的一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 12 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14示出了本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置的一个示意图。Fig. 14 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15为本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by this application.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备的结构示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:例如:全球移动通信(global system for mobile communications,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution, LTE)系统、系统架构演进(system architecture evolved,SAE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR),以及后续演进通信系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: global system for mobile communications (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, broadband code division Multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, system architecture evolved (SAE) system, LTE Frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access, WiMAX) communication system, fifth generation (5G) system or new radio (NR), and subsequent evolution communication systems, etc.
本申请实施例中的终端设备也可以称为:用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The terminal equipment in the embodiments of this application may also be referred to as: user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), access terminal, user unit, user station, Mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to the user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and so on. At present, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones (mobile phones), tablet computers, notebook computers, handheld computers, mobile internet devices (MID), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, and augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, and smart grids Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocols , SIP) phone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication function, computing device or other processing device connected to wireless modem, vehicle Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in an evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of the present application, wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a kind of hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device may also be a terminal device in the Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to pass items through communication technology. Connect with the network to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things.
而如上介绍的各种终端设备,如果位于车辆上(例如放置在车辆内或安装在车辆内),都可以认为是车载终端设备,车载终端设备例如也称为车载单元(on-board unit,OBU)。The various terminal devices described above, if they are located on the vehicle (for example, placed in the vehicle or installed in the vehicle), can be regarded as vehicle-mounted terminal equipment, for example, the vehicle-mounted terminal equipment is also called on-board unit (OBU). ).
本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以包括中继(relay)。或者理解为,能够与基站进行数据通信的都可以看作终端设备。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also include a relay. Or it can be understood that everything that can communicate with the base station can be regarded as a terminal device.
本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该接入网设备也可以称为接入设备或无线接入网设备,可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下 的无线控制器,或者该接入设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及5G网络中的接入设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,可以是WLAN中的接入点(access point,AP),可以是新型无线系统(new radio,NR)系统中的gNB本申请实施例并不限定。The access network device in the embodiments of the present application may be a device used to communicate with terminal devices. The access network device may also be called an access device or a wireless access network device, and may be an evolved base station in an LTE system ( evolved NodeB, eNB or eNodeB), it can also be a wireless controller in the cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario, or the access device can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device As well as the access equipment in the 5G network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, it can be the access point (AP) in the WLAN, or the gNB in the new radio system (NR) system. The embodiments of the present application are not limited.
另外,在本申请实施例中,接入网设备是RAN中的设备,或者说,是将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点。例如,作为示例而非限定,作为接入网设备,可以列举:gNB、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点、或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点、或包括CU节点和DU节点的RAN设备、或者控制面CU节点(CU-CP节点)和用户面CU节点(CU-UP节点)以及DU节点的RAN设备。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device is a device in the RAN, or in other words, a RAN node that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. For example, as an example and not a limitation, as an access network device, it can be listed: gNB, transmission reception point (TRP), evolved Node B (eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller) , RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB) ), baseband unit (BBU), or wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP), etc. In a network structure, a network device may include a centralized unit (CU) node, or a distributed unit (DU) node, or a RAN device including a CU node and a DU node, or a control plane CU node (CU). -CP node), user plane CU node (CU-UP node) and RAN equipment of DU node.
接入网设备为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与接入网设备进行通信,该小区可以是接入网设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(metro cell)、微小区(micro cell)、微微小区(pico cell)、毫微微小区(femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。The access network equipment provides services for the cell, and the terminal equipment communicates with the access network equipment through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. The cell may be an access network equipment (for example, a base station). ) Corresponding cell. The cell can belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here can include: metro cell, micro cell, pico cell ), femto cells, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
本申请实施例中,核心网设备可以与接入网设备连接,使得终端设备能够通过接入网设备与核心网设备进行通信。In the embodiment of the present application, the core network device may be connected to the access network device, so that the terminal device can communicate with the core network device through the access network device.
示例性的,在NR通信系统的核心网中,可以包括以下网元或功能:Exemplarily, the core network of the NR communication system may include the following network elements or functions:
接入管理功能(access management function,AMF):主要负责接入和移动性控制,包括注册管理(registration management,RM)和连接管理(connection management,CM)、接入鉴权和接入授权、可达性管理和移动性管理等。Access management function (AMF): Mainly responsible for access and mobility control, including registration management (RM) and connection management (CM), access authentication and access authorization, Reachability management and mobility management, etc.
用户面功能(user plane function,UPF):主要提供用户面支持,包括PDU会话和数据网络的连接点、数据包路由和转发、数据包检测和用户面策略执行、为用户面处理QoS、下行数据包缓存和下行数据通知的触发等。User plane function (UPF): mainly provides user plane support, including connection points between PDU sessions and data networks, data packet routing and forwarding, data packet inspection and user plane policy execution, processing QoS for the user plane, and downlink data Packet buffering and triggering of downstream data notifications, etc.
分组控制功能(packet control function,PCF):主要是策略控制功能,包括支持统一化策略框架来监视网络行为、为控制面提供策略规则去执行。Packet control function (PCF): Mainly a policy control function, including support for a unified policy framework to monitor network behavior and provide policy rules for the control plane to execute.
鉴权服务功能(authentication server function,AUSF):主要负责提供安全相关的功能,如:鉴权,认证等。Authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF): Mainly responsible for providing security-related functions, such as authentication, authentication, etc.
统一数据管理(unified data Management,UDM):负责用户的鉴权认证相关的功能,具体有:鉴权凭据处理、用户身份处理、签约信息管理、接入授权等。Unified data management (UDM): Responsible for functions related to user authentication, including: authentication credential processing, user identity processing, contract information management, access authorization, etc.
示例性的,对于LTE/SAE系统而言,在演进的分组核心网中,可以包括以下网元或实体:Exemplarily, for the LTE/SAE system, the evolved packet core network may include the following network elements or entities:
移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)的功能是保存UE的移动性管理上下文,如用户的标识,移动性管理状态、位置信息等,并对非接入层(Non Access Stratum, NAS)信令进行处理,负责NAS信令的安全等。The function of the mobility management entity (MME) is to store the UE’s mobility management context, such as the user’s identity, mobility management status, location information, etc., and to provide information to the non-access stratum (NAS). Order processing, responsible for the security of NAS signaling.
SAE网关(gateway,GW):包括两部分,分别为服务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)和分组数据网络网关(PDN gateway,P-GW)。S-GW与P-GW是两个逻辑实体,可以存在于同一个或不同的物理实体上。SAE gateway (gateway, GW): includes two parts, namely serving gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) and packet data network gateway (PDN gateway, P-GW). S-GW and P-GW are two logical entities, which can exist on the same or different physical entities.
S-GW上保存UE的用户面上下文,如UE的IP地址和路由信息,执行合法监听、分组数据路由功能等。S-W与MME之间的接口是S11,负责MME、UPE之间通信,进行UE的移动性管理信息与会话控制信息等交互。The S-GW saves the user plane context of the UE, such as the UE's IP address and routing information, and performs legal interception and packet data routing functions. The interface between S-W and MME is S11, which is responsible for communication between MME and UPE, and performs interactions such as UE mobility management information and session control information.
MME通过S1-MME,S-GW通过S1-U分别与EUTRAN网络负责控制面和用户面的连接。同时MME通过S3接口,S-GW通过S4接口分别与2G/3G SGSN连接,分别负责UE在3G和SAE网络之间的移动性控制面锚点和用户面锚点功能。The MME is responsible for the connection of the control plane and the user plane with the EUTRAN network through the S1-MME and the S-GW through the S1-U respectively. At the same time, the MME is connected to the 2G/3G SGSN through the S3 interface, and the S-GW is connected to the 2G/3G SGSN through the S4 interface, and is responsible for the mobility control plane anchor point and user plane anchor point functions of the UE between the 3G and SAE networks.
P-GW负责UE接入到分组数据网的用户面锚点功能,通过SGi参考点与外部分组数据网进行通信,具有分组路由和转发的功能,并负责策略计费增强功能、基于每个用户的分组过滤功能等。P-GW通过S5接口与S-GW进行相连,传递承载建立/修改/删除等控制信息,以及分组数据路由等。The P-GW is responsible for the user plane anchor function of the UE accessing the packet data network, communicates with the external packet data network through the SGi reference point, has the function of packet routing and forwarding, and is responsible for the enhanced function of policy and charging, based on each user Group filtering function and so on. The P-GW is connected to the S-GW through the S5 interface, and transmits control information such as bearer establishment/modification/deletion, and packet data routing.
策略计费规则功能(Policy and Charging Rules Function,PCRF)通过S7接口向P-GW传递QoS和计费策略控制信息等。这里,P-GW作为策略计费增强功能(policy and charging enforcement function,PCEF)功能。The Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) transfers QoS and charging policy control information to the P-GW through the S7 interface. Here, the P-GW serves as a policy and charging enforcement function (PCEF) function.
图1示出了本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图。在图1中包括一个接入网设备、一个核心网设备以及一个终端设备。其中,该接入网设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统中,或者工作在NR系统中,或者工作在下一代通信系统或其他通信系统中。该核心网设备例如工作在E-UTRA系统中,或者工作在NR系统中,或者工作在下一代通信系统或其他通信系统中。图1中,以核心网设备工作在5G核心网(5GC)为例,核心网设备与接入网设备之间可以通过NG接口通信,接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过Uu接口通信。在本申请实施例中,一个接入网设备可以服务于多个终端设备,图1只是以其中的一个终端设备为例,一个核心网设备也可以服务于多个接入网设备,图1只以其中的一个接入网设备为例。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. Figure 1 includes an access network device, a core network device, and a terminal device. Among them, the access network equipment, for example, works in an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial radio access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, or works in an NR system, or works in a next-generation communication system or other In the communication system. The core network equipment, for example, works in the E-UTRA system, or works in the NR system, or works in the next-generation communication system or other communication systems. In Figure 1, taking the core network equipment working in the 5G core network (5GC) as an example, the core network equipment and the access network equipment can communicate through the NG interface, and the access network equipment and the terminal equipment can communicate through the Uu interface. In the embodiments of this application, one access network device can serve multiple terminal devices. Figure 1 only takes one terminal device as an example. One core network device can also serve multiple access network devices. Take one of the access network equipment as an example.
图2示出了本申请实施例的另一种应用场景的示意图。在图2中包括接入网设备1、接入网设备2、核心网设备1、核心网设备2和一个终端设备。图2以接入网是无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)为例,核心网设备和接入网设备之间可以通过NG接口通信,接入网设备和接入网设备之间可以通过Xn接口通信。另外,接入网设备和终端设备之间可以通过Uu接口通信。其中,这两个接入网设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统中,或者工作在NR系统中,或者工作在下一代通信系统或其他通信系统中。这两个核心网设备例如工作在E-UTRA系统中,或者工作在NR系统中,或者工作在下一代通信系统或其他通信系统中。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 2, it includes an access network device 1, an access network device 2, a core network device 1, a core network device 2, and a terminal device. Figure 2 takes the radio access network (RAN) as an example. Core network equipment and access network equipment can communicate through NG interfaces, and access network equipment and access network equipment can communicate through NG interfaces. Xn interface communication. In addition, the Uu interface can be used to communicate between the access network device and the terminal device. Among them, these two access network devices, for example, work in the evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) system, or work in the NR system, or work in the next-generation communication system Or in other communication systems. These two core network devices, for example, work in the E-UTRA system, or in the NR system, or in the next-generation communication system or other communication systems.
图1或图2中的接入网设备例如为基站。其中,接入网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的接入网设备,例如gNB。同理,核心网设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在4G系统中可以对应移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME),在5G系统中对应5G中的核心网设备,例如 AMF。当然本申请实施例所提供的技术方案也可以应用于未来的移动通信系统中,因此图1或图2中的接入网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的接入网设备,核心网设备也可以对应未来的移动通信系统中的核心网设备。图1或图2以接入网设备是基站为例,实际上参考前文的介绍,接入网设备还可以是RSU等设备。The access network device in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 is, for example, a base station. Among them, the access network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems. For example, in a 4G system, it can correspond to an eNB, and in a 5G system, it corresponds to an access network device in 5G, such as gNB. Similarly, core network equipment corresponds to different equipment in different systems. For example, in a 4G system, it can correspond to a mobility management entity (MME), and in a 5G system, it corresponds to a core network equipment in 5G, such as AMF. Of course, the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can also be applied to future mobile communication systems. Therefore, the access network equipment in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 can also correspond to the access network equipment and core network equipment in the future mobile communication system. The equipment can also correspond to the core network equipment in the future mobile communication system. Figure 1 or Figure 2 takes the access network device as a base station as an example. In fact, referring to the previous introduction, the access network device may also be a device such as an RSU.
下面,对本申请实施例涉及的相关术语进行描述。Hereinafter, the relevant terms involved in the embodiments of the present application will be described.
1)用户身份1) User identity
本申请实施例中,终端设备支持至少一个用户身份,例如第一用户身份和/或第二用户身份。这里,“用户身份”(例如第一用户身份或第二用户身份等)为逻辑概念。例如,“用户身份”可以对应SIM卡或签约用户信息或虚拟SIM卡或核心网分配的用户标识(如国际移动用户标识(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI)或临时移动用户标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI)等),或接入网分配的标识,小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)等。从网络侧的角度来看,不同的“用户身份”在逻辑上对应网络侧服务的不同通信实体,比如4G和5G系统中的终端设备。例如一个支持两个用户身份的终端设备,对于网络侧来说,可以看做两个通信实体。再例如,“用户身份”对应SIM卡或签约用户信息时,网络侧会将支持不同SIM卡或不同签约用户信息的两个终端设备识别为两个不同的通信实体,也会将支持多个不同SIM卡或多个签约用户信息的同一终端设备识别为多个不同的通信实体,即使在实际上,支持多个不同SIM卡或多个签约用户信息的终端设备只是一个物理实体。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device supports at least one user identity, such as a first user identity and/or a second user identity. Here, "user identity" (for example, the first user identity or the second user identity, etc.) is a logical concept. For example, "user identity" can correspond to a SIM card or subscriber information or a virtual SIM card or a user identity allocated by the core network (such as international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) or temporary mobile subscriber identity, TMSI), etc.), or the identifier assigned by the access network, the cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), etc. From the perspective of the network side, different "user identities" logically correspond to different communication entities served by the network side, such as terminal devices in 4G and 5G systems. For example, a terminal device that supports two user identities can be regarded as two communication entities to the network side. For another example, when the "user identity" corresponds to the SIM card or subscriber information, the network side will recognize two terminal devices that support different SIM cards or different subscriber information as two different communication entities, and will also support multiple different communication entities. The same terminal device with SIM card or multiple subscriber information is identified as multiple different communication entities, even in reality, the terminal device supporting multiple different SIM cards or multiple subscriber information is just one physical entity.
示例性地,SIM卡可以理解为终端设备接入移动网络的钥匙,为了便于描述,本申请实施例中将SIM卡以及其演进都统称为SIM卡。例如SIM卡可以是全球移动通信系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM)数字移动电话用户的身份识别卡,用于存储用户的身份识别码和密钥,并支持GSM系统对用户的鉴权。又例如,SIM卡也可以是全球用户识别卡(universal subscriber identity module,USIM),也可以称为升级SIM卡。本申请实施例中将主要以“用户身份”对应SIM卡为例进行说明。Exemplarily, the SIM card can be understood as the key for the terminal device to access the mobile network. For ease of description, the SIM card and its evolution are collectively referred to as the SIM card in the embodiments of the present application. For example, the SIM card may be an identification card of a global system for mobile communications (GSM) digital mobile phone user, which is used to store the user's identification code and key, and support the authentication of the user by the GSM system. For another example, the SIM card may also be a universal subscriber identity module (USIM), which may also be referred to as an upgraded SIM card. In the embodiments of the present application, description will be made mainly by taking the "user identity" corresponding to the SIM card as an example.
在本申请实施例中,将终端设备安装一个SIM卡,认为是终端设备支持一个用户身份。例如,安装两个SIM卡的终端设备,就支持两个用户身份。也就是说,SIM卡和用户身份是一一对应的关系。In the embodiment of the present application, a SIM card is installed in the terminal device, and it is considered that the terminal device supports a user identity. For example, a terminal device with two SIM cards installed supports two user identities. In other words, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the SIM card and the user identity.
作为示例,当前越来越多的智能手机支持同时插入两张SIM卡,例如,一张SIM卡用于私人业务,另一张SIM卡用于工作。或者,一张SIM卡用于数据业务,另一张SIM卡用于语音业务。其中,一个手机中的两个SIM卡可以属于同一移动运营商,也可以属于不同的移动运营商;可以属于同一制式(制式包括NR,LTE,宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分多址(time division multiple access,TDMA)2000,或GSM等),也可以属于不同制式。As an example, more and more smart phones currently support the simultaneous insertion of two SIM cards, for example, one SIM card is used for private business and the other SIM card is used for work. Or, one SIM card is used for data services, and the other SIM card is used for voice services. Among them, the two SIM cards in a mobile phone can belong to the same mobile operator or different mobile operators; they can belong to the same standard (standards include NR, LTE, wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA ), time division multiple access (TDMA 2000, or GSM, etc.) can also belong to different standards.
2)终端设备模式2) Terminal device mode
根据终端设备的收发能力的不同,双SIM卡的终端设备可以具有以下三种模式中的一种:According to the different transceiver capabilities of the terminal device, the terminal device with dual SIM cards can have one of the following three modes:
1、被动(passive)模式,或者也称为DSSS模式:尽管能插入两张SIM卡,但是同一个时间只有一个能使用。1. Passive mode, or also known as DSSS mode: Although two SIM cards can be inserted, only one can be used at a time.
可参考图3A,为被动模式的示意图。图3A中,以两个SIM卡分别为USIM1和USIM2 为例。在时间1,USIM1工作(或者说处于RRC连接态(connected)),也就是USIM1可以收发数据,此时USIM2不能被使用;或者,在时间2,USIM2工作(或者说处于RRC连接态),也就是USIM2可以收发数据,此时USIM1不能被使用。Refer to Figure 3A, which is a schematic diagram of the passive mode. In Figure 3A, two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example. At time 1, USIM1 is working (or in RRC connected state (connected)), that is, USIM1 can send and receive data, but USIM2 cannot be used at this time; or, at time 2, USIM2 is working (or in RRC connected state), also That is, USIM2 can send and receive data, but USIM1 cannot be used at this time.
2、DSDS模式:两个SIM卡共享一套收发机,对于空闲(idle)态,收发机需要监听两张卡的寻呼消息。例如收发机可以采用时分复用(time division multiple,TDM)方式来进行监听。2. DSDS mode: Two SIM cards share a set of transceivers. For the idle state, the transceiver needs to monitor the paging messages of the two cards. For example, the transceiver may use time division multiple (TDM) mode to monitor.
可参考图3B,为DSDS模式的示意图。图3B中,以两个SIM卡分别为USIM1和USIM2为例。在时间1,USIM1工作(或者说处于RRC连接态),也就是USIM1可以收发数据,此时USIM2可以处于空闲态或非激活态(inactive);或者,USIM2工作(或者说处于RRC连接态),也就是USIM2可以收发数据,此时USIM1可以处于空闲态或非激活态。在本文中,非激活态,也可以称为去激活态,或去活动态等。Refer to FIG. 3B, which is a schematic diagram of the DSDS mode. In Figure 3B, two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example. At time 1, USIM1 is working (or in RRC connected state), that is, USIM1 can send and receive data. At this time, USIM2 can be in an idle state or inactive state (inactive); or, USIM2 is working (or in RRC connected state), That is, the USIM2 can send and receive data, and at this time, the USIM1 can be in an idle state or an inactive state. In this article, the inactive state can also be called the deactivated state, or the deactivated state, etc.
3、DSDA模式:两个SIM卡使用各自的收发机。两个SIM卡可以同时处于RRC连接态,即终端设备可以同时接收和发送两个SIM卡的数据。3. DSDA mode: Two SIM cards use their own transceivers. The two SIM cards can be in the RRC connection state at the same time, that is, the terminal device can receive and send data from the two SIM cards at the same time.
可参考图3C,为DSDA模式的示意图。图3C中,以两个SIM卡分别为USIM1和USIM2为例。当USIM1工作时(或者说进入RRC连接态时),也就是USIM1收发数据时,USIM2也可以工作,即,USIM2和USIM1可以同时处于RRC连接态。Refer to Figure 3C, which is a schematic diagram of the DSDA mode. In Figure 3C, two SIM cards are respectively USIM1 and USIM2 as an example. When USIM1 is working (or when it enters the RRC connected state), that is, when USIM1 is sending and receiving data, USIM2 can also work, that is, USIM2 and USIM1 can be in the RRC connected state at the same time.
3)无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态3) Radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) status
终端设备具有3种无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)状态。如上文中所述,该3种RRC状态分别为:RRC连接态(connected态)、RRC空闲态(idle态)和非激活态(inactive态)。其中,非激活态也可以称为去活动态或去激活态等。The terminal equipment has three radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) states. As mentioned above, the three RRC states are: RRC connected state (connected state), RRC idle state (idle state) and inactive state (inactive state). Among them, the inactive state can also be referred to as an inactive state or a deactivated state.
RRC连接态(或,也可以简称为连接态。在本文中,“连接态”和“RRC连接态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换):终端设备与网络建立了RRC连接,可以进行数据传输。RRC connected state (or, can also be referred to as connected state for short. In this article, "connected state" and "RRC connected state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network, and it can Perform data transfer.
RRC空闲态(或,也可以简称为空闲态。在本文中,“空闲态”和“RRC空闲态”,是同一概念,两种称呼可以互换):终端设备没有与网络建立RRC连接,基站没有存储该终端设备的上下文。如果终端设备需要从空闲态进入RRC连接态,则需要发起RRC连接建立过程。RRC idle state (or, can also be referred to as idle state for short. In this article, "idle state" and "RRC idle state" are the same concept, and the two terms can be interchanged): the terminal device does not establish an RRC connection with the network, and the base station The context of the terminal device is not stored. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state from the idle state, it needs to initiate an RRC connection establishment process.
非激活态:终端设备之前进入了RRC连接态,然后基站释放了RRC连接,但是基站保存了该终端设备的上下文。如果该终端设备需要从去活动态再次进入RRC连接态,则需要发起RRC连接恢复过程(或者称为RRC连接重建立过程)。RRC恢复过程相对于RRC建立过程来说,时延更短,信令开销更小。但是基站需要保存终端设备的上下文,会占用基站的存储开销。Inactive state: The terminal device entered the RRC connected state before, and then the base station releases the RRC connection, but the base station saves the context of the terminal device. If the terminal device needs to enter the RRC connected state again from the inactive state, it needs to initiate the RRC connection recovery process (or called the RRC connection re-establishment process). Compared with the RRC establishment process, the RRC recovery process has shorter time delay and lower signaling overhead. However, the base station needs to save the context of the terminal device, which will occupy the storage overhead of the base station.
4)寻呼过程4) Paging process
当终端设备没有数据传输时,为了省电,终端设备进入空闲态或去活动态。在该状态下,终端设备需要以一定的周期在一定的位置醒过来,监听网络是否有寻呼该终端设备。终端设备醒来的位置为寻呼时机(paging occasion,PO)。可参考图4,为网络设备对终端设备发起寻呼的一个示意性流程图。When the terminal device has no data transmission, in order to save power, the terminal device enters an idle state or an inactive state. In this state, the terminal device needs to wake up at a certain position in a certain period to monitor whether the network is paging the terminal device. The location where the terminal device wakes up is the paging occasion (PO). Refer to Figure 4, which is a schematic flowchart of a network device initiating paging to a terminal device.
S11、终端设备的下行数据到达核心网设备。S11. The downlink data of the terminal equipment arrives at the core network equipment.
S12、核心网设备向基站发送寻呼(paging)消息,基站接收来自核心网设备的paging 消息。S12. The core network device sends a paging message to the base station, and the base station receives the paging message from the core network device.
对于空闲态的终端设备,当有下行数据到达核心网设备(即网络要发送数据给终端设备)时,核心网发送paging消息给该终端设备注册区域下的多个接入网设备,以触发多个基站在空口发送paging消息,图4只以其中一个接入网设备为例。For a terminal device in an idle state, when downlink data arrives at the core network device (that is, the network wants to send data to the terminal device), the core network sends a paging message to multiple access network devices under the terminal device registration area to trigger multiple access network devices. Each base station sends a paging message on the air interface. Figure 4 only takes one of the access network devices as an example.
其中,该paging消息可以包括终端设备标识。本申请实施例中,终端设备标识还可以称为用户设备标识(UE identity,UE ID)。作为示例,UE ID可以为核心网设备为该终端设备分配的临时移动用户识别码(S-temporary mobile subscriber identity,S-TMSI),或者UE ID可以是UE处于RRC inactive态时使用的UE标识,如用于唤醒Inactive态UE使用的不激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive radio network temprorary identifier,I-RNTI)。可选的,paging消息中还可以包括核心网分配给该终端设备的寻呼周期(可以记为T1)。一个示例,寻呼周期可以为寻呼不连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)周期,但是本申请实施例并不限于此。Wherein, the paging message may include the terminal device identification. In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal equipment identity may also be referred to as a user equipment identity (UE identity, UE ID). As an example, the UE ID may be a temporary mobile subscriber identity (S-TMSI) assigned by the core network device to the terminal device, or the UE ID may be the UE identity used when the UE is in the RRC inactive state. For example, the inactive radio network temporary identifier (I-RNTI) used to wake up the UE in the inactive state. Optionally, the paging message may also include a paging cycle (which may be recorded as T1) allocated by the core network to the terminal device. As an example, the paging cycle may be a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
S13、接入网设备确定该终端设备的寻呼时机。S13. The access network device determines the paging opportunity of the terminal device.
对于inactive态的终端设备,没有步骤S11和S12,当有下行数据到达接入网设备时,接入网设备可以确定发起对该终端设备的寻呼,并确定寻呼时机。For inactive terminal devices, there are no steps S11 and S12. When downlink data arrives at the access network device, the access network device can determine to initiate a paging to the terminal device and determine the paging timing.
在一些实现方式中,基站广播的小区的系统消息中可以广播一个小区级的寻呼周期(可以记为T2)。另外,对于inactive态的终端设备,接入网设备会给该终端设备分配一个寻呼周期(可以记为T3)。In some implementations, a cell-level paging cycle (which can be denoted as T2) can be broadcast in the system message of the cell broadcast by the base station. In addition, for a terminal device in the inactive state, the access network device will allocate a paging cycle (which can be recorded as T3) to the terminal device.
作为示例,接入网设备可以基于UE ID、寻呼周期以及小区的寻呼配置参数确定出终端设备的寻呼时机PO。类似的,终端设备也可以基于UE ID、寻呼周期以及适用于当前小区下所有终端设备的小区寻呼配置参数,确定PO的时域位置。As an example, the access network device may determine the paging occasion PO of the terminal device based on the UE ID, paging cycle, and paging configuration parameters of the cell. Similarly, the terminal device can also determine the time domain position of the PO based on the UE ID, paging cycle, and cell paging configuration parameters applicable to all terminal devices in the current cell.
S14、接入网设备通过空口发送paging消息,终端设备接收来自接入网设备的paging消息。S14. The access network device sends a paging message through the air interface, and the terminal device receives the paging message from the access network device.
接入网设备在空口发送paging消息。其中,如果接入网设备配置了无线接入网通知区域(radio access network-based notification area,RNA),接入网设备会在RNA指示的小区,在该终端设备的寻呼时机发送paging。如果RNA指示的小区中有属于其他接入网设备的小区,则该接入网设备可以向其他接入网设备发送paging消息,其他接入网设备可以在该终端设备的寻呼时机,通过空口发送paging消息。The access network device sends a paging message on the air interface. Among them, if the access network device is configured with a radio access network-based notification area (RNA), the access network device will send paging at the paging occasion of the terminal device in the cell indicated by the RNA. If there is a cell belonging to another access network device in the cell indicated by RNA, the access network device can send a paging message to other access network devices, and the other access network devices can use the air interface at the paging occasion of the terminal device. Send a paging message.
其中,paging消息可以携带用户设备寻呼身份(UE paging identity),以便接收paging消息的终端设备能够识别该paging消息是否是发送给自己的。Wherein, the paging message may carry the user equipment paging identity (UE paging identity), so that the terminal device receiving the paging message can identify whether the paging message is sent to itself.
终端设备在确定的PO上可以监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH),以接收paging消息。在收到paging消息,并确定该终端设备被寻呼后,该终端设备会在当前驻留的小区上发起新的RRC连接建立过程,或发起RRC连接恢复过程,以进入RRC连接态。The terminal device can monitor the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) on the determined PO to receive the paging message. After receiving the paging message and determining that the terminal device is paged, the terminal device will initiate a new RRC connection establishment process on the cell where it currently resides, or initiate an RRC connection recovery process to enter the RRC connection state.
5)跟踪区域更新(tracking area update,TAU)过程5) Tracking area update (TAU) process
当终端设备处于空闲态时,为了让网络设备追踪其所处的位置,会执行跟踪区域更新过程,即TAU(tracking area update)。网络设备可以在跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)对终端设备进行寻呼。When the terminal device is in an idle state, in order to allow the network device to track its location, a tracking area update process, namely TAU (tracking area update), is executed. The network device can page the terminal device in the tracking area (TA).
当终端设备初次进行附着(attach)时,核心网设备会为该终端设备分配一个TA标识 (TA identity,TAI)列表(list),此TAI list中包括一组TA标识。当网络设备进行寻呼时,会对TAI列表进行呼叫。所以,当终端设备移出TAI列表中的小区时,就会发起TAU过程,从而实现网络侧和终端设备侧之间的TAI同步。对应的,核心网设备可以在这个TAI list中对终端设备进行寻呼。When a terminal device attaches for the first time, the core network device allocates a TA identity (TAI) list (list) for the terminal device, and the TAI list includes a group of TA identities. When the network device is paging, it will call the TAI list. Therefore, when the terminal device moves out of the cell in the TAI list, the TAU process is initiated, thereby achieving TAI synchronization between the network side and the terminal device side. Correspondingly, the core network device can page the terminal device in this TAI list.
图5示出了TAI列表的一个结构示意图。如图5所示,TAI列表中包括一组TAI,每个TAI包括移动国家码(mobile country code,MCC)、移动网码(mobile network code,MNC)和TA码(TA code,TAC)。其中,MCC用于指示对应的TAI所属的国家,MNC用于指示对应的TAI所属的运营商,TAC用于指示对应的TAI的跟踪区。Figure 5 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of the TAI list. As shown in Figure 5, the TAI list includes a group of TAIs, and each TAI includes a mobile country code (MCC), a mobile network code (mobile network code, MNC), and a TA code (TA code, TAC). Wherein, MCC is used to indicate the country to which the corresponding TAI belongs, MNC is used to indicate the operator to which the corresponding TAI belongs, and TAC is used to indicate the tracking area of the corresponding TAI.
需要说明的是,不同通信制式下,TA的划分规则不同。例如,5G系统和4G系统的TA的划分规则不同。一个示例,5G系统中TAI结构中的TAC所占用的比特个数和4G系统中TAI结构中的TAC所占用的比特个数可以不同。示例性的,在4G系统中,TAC的长度占用16比特(bit),在5G系统中,TAC的长度占用24比特。It should be noted that the division rules of TA are different under different communication standards. For example, the 5G system and the 4G system have different TA division rules. As an example, the number of bits occupied by the TAC in the TAI structure in the 5G system and the number of bits occupied by the TAC in the TAI structure in the 4G system may be different. Exemplarily, in the 4G system, the length of the TAC occupies 16 bits, and in the 5G system, the length of the TAC occupies 24 bits.
本申请实施例中,终端设备或核心网设备可以将不同通信制式下的TAI进行转换,即将不同通信制式下TAI对应的区域进行转换。例如,可以将4G TAI列表转换为对应的5G TAI列表(即将4G TAI列表对应的4G区域转换为对应的5G区域),或者5G TAI列表转换为对应的4G TAI列表(即将5G系统中TAI列表对应的5G区域转换为对应的4G区域)。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device or the core network device can convert the TAI under different communication standards, that is, convert the area corresponding to the TAI under the different communication standards. For example, the 4G TAI list can be converted to the corresponding 5G TAI list (that is, the 4G area corresponding to the 4G TAI list is converted to the corresponding 5G area), or the 5G TAI list can be converted to the corresponding 4G TAI list (that is, the TAI list in the 5G system corresponds to The 5G area is converted to the corresponding 4G area).
下面以不同通信制式为4G通信制式和5G通信制式为例,描述不同通信制式下的TAI的转换方式。In the following, the different communication standards are 4G communication standards and 5G communication standards as examples to describe the conversion method of TAI under different communication standards.
考虑到4G和5G的TA划分规则不同,终端设备或核心网设备在将4G系统中使用的TA列表对应4G区域转换为对应的5G区域时,需要获知4G系统中的TA划分规则和5G系统中的TA划分规则,以及4G系统中的TAI与5G系统中TAI的对应关系(或映射关系)。示例性的,可以通过4G TAI和5G TAI映射表来进行区域转换,该映射表包括4G TAI和5G TAI之间的映射关系。作为示例,4G TAI和5G TAI之间映射关系可以是一对一、一对多、多对一或多对多,本申请实施例对此不做限制。另外,该4G TAI和5G TAI之间的映射规则可以是预存在终端设备中,或者是协议预定义的,或者是核心网设备配置的,本申请实施例对此也不做限制。Taking into account the different TA division rules of 4G and 5G, when terminal equipment or core network equipment converts the TA list used in the 4G system from the 4G area to the corresponding 5G area, it needs to know the TA division rules in the 4G system and the 5G system. The TA division rules of the 4G system and the corresponding relationship (or mapping relationship) between the TAI in the 4G system and the TAI in the 5G system. Exemplarily, a 4G TAI and 5G TAI mapping table may be used to perform the area conversion, and the mapping table includes a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI. As an example, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI may be one-to-one, one-to-many, many-to-one, or many-to-many, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the mapping rule between 4G TAI and 5G TAI may be pre-stored in the terminal device, or pre-defined by the protocol, or configured by the core network device, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一个示例,核心网设备可以为4G通信制式的终端设备配置一个4G TAI list,当核心网设备得知该4G通信制式的终端设备以第一用户身份和另一个5G通信制式的终端设备以第二用户身份集成在同一个设备内时,则该核心网设备在配置4G TAI list的同时,也可根据4G TAI和5G TAI之间映射关系,将该4G TAI list转换为5G TAI list,并将转换后的5G TAI list配置该第一用户身份的终端设备。这样,终端设备在需使用该5G TAI list的时候,可以直接使用。示例性的,上述过程可体现在网络在配置TAI list时,是通过4G TAI list和5G TAI list两个域来分别配置4G TAI list和5G TAI list的。As an example, the core network device can configure a 4G TAI list for a 4G communication standard terminal device. When the core network device learns that the 4G communication standard terminal device is the first user identity and another 5G communication standard terminal device is the second When the user identity is integrated in the same device, when the core network device configures the 4G TAI list, it can also convert the 4G TAI list to the 5G TAI list according to the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and convert it The following 5G TAI list configures the terminal device of the first user identity. In this way, when the terminal device needs to use the 5G TAI list, it can be used directly. Exemplarily, the above process may be embodied when the network configures the TAI list, the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list are respectively configured through the 4G TAI list and 5G TAI list domains.
又一示例中,核心网设备可以预先向终端设备配置4G TAI和5G TAI之间的映射关系。然后,终端设备可以在需要进行4G TAI list和5G TAI list之间的转换的时后,根据预先配置的该映射关系,将4G TAI list对应区域转换成5G TAI list对应的区域。In another example, the core network device may configure the terminal device with a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI in advance. Then, the terminal device may convert the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list into the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list according to the pre-configured mapping relationship when it needs to perform the conversion between the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list.
当终端设备移出TAI列表中的小区时,就会发起TAU过程。可参考图6,为终端设备发起TAU过程的一个示意性流程图。When the terminal device moves out of the cell in the TAI list, it initiates the TAU process. Refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic flowchart of the terminal device initiating a TAU process.
S21,终端设备触发TAU上报过程(trigger to start TAU procedure)。S21, the terminal device triggers a TAU report procedure (trigger to start TAU procedure).
当满足一定条件时,终端设备触发TAU上报过程。作为示例,触发条件包括但不限于以下几种:TAU周期上报定时器超时、终端设备发现进入新的TA且该新的TA不在终端设备的TAI列表中。When certain conditions are met, the terminal device triggers the TAU reporting process. As an example, the trigger conditions include but are not limited to the following: the TAU periodic reporting timer expires, the terminal device discovers that it has entered a new TA, and the new TA is not in the TAI list of the terminal device.
S22,终端设备向接入网设备发送TAU请求(request)消息。以接入网设备为eNodeB为例,TAU request消息中可以包括旧的(old)全局唯一的临时标识(globally unique temporary identity,GUTI),旧的GUTI类型(type),以及上一次访问的TAI(last visited TAI)等。S22: The terminal device sends a TAU request (request) message to the access network device. Taking the eNodeB as the access network device as an example, the TAU request message can include the old (old) globally unique temporary identity (GUTI), the old GUTI type (type), and the TAI ( last visited TAI) etc.
S23,接入网设备将从终端设备接收到的TAU request消息转发给新的核心网设备。这里,该新的核心网设备为该终端设备移出TAI列表中的小区之后,进入的新的小区对应的核心网设备。新的核心网设备与原来的核心网设备可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例不做限定。S23: The access network device forwards the TAU request message received from the terminal device to the new core network device. Here, the new core network device is the core network device corresponding to the new cell that the terminal device enters after moving out of the cell in the TAI list. The new core network equipment and the original core network equipment may be the same or different, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
S24,新的核心网设备根据从步骤S23中从接入网设备接收到的TAU request消息,重配TAI列表。S24: The new core network device reconfigures the TAI list according to the TAU request message received from the access network device in step S23.
S25,核心网设备向终端设备发送TAU响应(response)消息,在该TAU response消息中携带该终端设备的GUTI,以及重新为该终端设备配置的TAI列表。S25: The core network device sends a TAU response (response) message to the terminal device, and the TAU response message carries the GUTI of the terminal device and the TAI list reconfigured for the terminal device.
现有通信机制中,当终端设备处于空闲态时,为了让网络设备知晓自己所处的位置,会执行跟踪区域更新过程,即TAU(tracking area update)。In the existing communication mechanism, when the terminal device is in an idle state, in order to let the network device know where it is, the tracking area update process is performed, that is, TAU (tracking area update).
对于支持两个SIM卡的终端设备,这两个SIM卡分别在两个接入网注册。作为示例,以这两个SIM卡中的SIM卡1属于LTE通信制式(还可以称为4G通信制式),SIM卡2属于NR通信制式(还可以称为5G通信制式)为例,此时SIM卡1注册在4G核心网中,比如MME中,SIM卡2注册在5G核心网中,比如AMF。For a terminal device that supports two SIM cards, the two SIM cards are registered in two access networks respectively. As an example, take SIM card 1 of the two SIM cards belonging to the LTE communication standard (can also be called 4G communication standard), and SIM card 2 belonging to the NR communication standard (can also be called 5G communication standard) as an example. Card 1 is registered in a 4G core network, such as MME, and SIM card 2 is registered in a 5G core network, such as AMF.
当终端设备在这两个网络对应的TA移动时,如图7所示,对于SIM卡1而言,其对应的TA区域为4G TAI列表对应的区域,当终端设备移出该4G TAI列表对应的区域,进入5G TAI列表对应的区域范围时,终端设备将以SIM卡1对应的用户身份(比如第一用户身份)触发TAU过程。此时,对于终端设备中的SIM卡2而言,由于终端设备并没有移出其对应的5G TAI列表对应的区域,因此并不需要触发TAU过程。When the terminal device moves on the TA corresponding to these two networks, as shown in Figure 7, for SIM card 1, the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. When the terminal device moves out of the 4G TAI list, the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. Area, when entering the area range corresponding to the 5G TAI list, the terminal device will trigger the TAU process with the user identity corresponding to the SIM card 1 (for example, the first user identity). At this time, for the SIM card 2 in the terminal device, since the terminal device has not moved out of the area corresponding to its corresponding 5G TAI list, there is no need to trigger the TAU process.
反之,对于SIM卡2而言,其对应的TA区域为5G TAI列表对应的区域,当终端设备移出该5G TAI列表对应的区域,进入4G TAI列表对应的区域范围时,终端设备将以SIM卡2对应的用户身份(比如第二用户身份)触发TAU过程。此时,对于终端设备中的SIM卡1而言,由于终端设备并没有移出其对应的4G TAI列表对应的区域,因此并不需要触发TAU过程。Conversely, for SIM card 2, the corresponding TA area is the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list. When the terminal device moves out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list, the terminal device will use the SIM card 2 The corresponding user identity (such as the second user identity) triggers the TAU process. At this time, for the SIM card 1 in the terminal device, since the terminal device has not moved out of the area corresponding to its corresponding 4G TAI list, there is no need to trigger the TAU process.
因此,对于集成了双SIM卡的终端设备而言,只要一个SIM卡移出了自身网络对应的跟踪区列表(TA list),就会触发跟踪区域更新(tracking area update,TAU)。这样,可能会导致终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,导致空口信令开销增加,增加终端设备的耗电。Therefore, for a terminal device integrated with dual SIM cards, as long as a SIM card is removed from the tracking area list (TA list) corresponding to its own network, a tracking area update (TAU) will be triggered. In this way, terminal equipment may frequently report TAUs, resulting in an increase in air interface signaling overhead and increasing power consumption of the terminal equipment.
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案。在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以获取TAI集合,该TAI集合包括与终端设备的第一用户身份关联的第一TAI列表,以及与终端设备的第二用户身份关联的第二TAI列表。终端设备在移动过程中,可以根据是否移出该TAI集合对应的区域,确定是否触发TAU过程。其中,该TAI集合对应的区域可以包括 第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域。因此,本申请实施例通过基于TAI集合对应的区域进行TAU,能够有助于减少终端设备频繁进行TAU上报。In view of this, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are provided. In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may obtain a TAI set, which includes a first TAI list associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and a second TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device. During the movement of the terminal device, it can determine whether to trigger the TAU process according to whether it moves out of the area corresponding to the TAI set. Wherein, the area corresponding to the TAI set may include the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application performs TAU based on the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices.
另外,本申请实施例中,网络设备还可以获取上述TAI集合,并且网络设备在寻呼过程中,可以在该TAI集合对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device may also obtain the above-mentioned TAI set, and in the paging process, the network device may page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
其中,第一用户身份可以理解为,是终端设备安装了SIM卡1后具有的用户身份,第二用户身份可以理解为,是终端设备安装了SIM卡2后具有的用户身份。本申请实施例中,SIM卡1的通信制式(即第一用户身份的通信制式)可以与SIM卡2的通信制式(即第二用户身份的通信制式)相同,或者不同,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Among them, the first user identity can be understood as the user identity that the terminal device has after the SIM card 1 is installed, and the second user identity can be understood as the user identity that the terminal device has after the SIM card 2 is installed. In the embodiment of the present application, the communication mode of the SIM card 1 (that is, the communication mode of the first user identity) may be the same as or different from the communication mode of the SIM card 2 (that is, the communication mode of the second user identity). This is not limited.
应理解,本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以安装两个以上的SIM卡,则相应的终端设备也就支持两个以上的用户身份,例如终端设备支持三个用户身份、四个用户身份或更多的用户身份,并可以注册在两个以上的网络中,其中每个用户身份可以注册在一个网络中。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device can also install more than two SIM cards, and the corresponding terminal device also supports more than two user identities. For example, the terminal device supports three user identities, four user identities, or More user identities can be registered in more than two networks, and each user identity can be registered in one network.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。本申请实施例主要是以终端设备支持两个用户身份为例,比如第一用户身份和第二用户身份。本申请实施例将主要基于终端设备支持两个用户身份进行描述,当终端设备支持两个以上的用户身份时,其具体实现可以参照终端设备支持两个用户身份的相关描述,可能需要做一些简单的适配,但是也在本申请实施例的保护范围内。The following describes the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application in conjunction with the drawings. The embodiment of the present application mainly takes the terminal device supporting two user identities as an example, such as the first user identity and the second user identity. The embodiments of this application will mainly be described based on the terminal device supporting two user identities. When the terminal device supports more than two user identities, the specific implementation can refer to the related description of the terminal device supporting two user identities, and some simple things may be required. However, it is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
其中,当终端设备的用户身份为第一用户身份时,从网络侧的角度来看,终端设备可以理解为一个用户(从协议的角度来看,就是一个终端设备,例如,称为第一用户);当终端设备的用户身份为第二用户身份时,从网络侧的角度来看,终端设备可以理解为又一个用户(例如,称为第二用户)。终端设备可以以第一用户身份注册在第一网络,以及以第二用户身份注册在第二网络。本申请实施例中,终端设备支持一个用户身份,也可以描述为,终端设备具有一个用户身份。同理,终端设备支持两个用户身份,也可以描述为,终端设备具有两个用户身份。Among them, when the user identity of the terminal device is the first user identity, from the perspective of the network side, the terminal device can be understood as a user (from the perspective of the protocol, it is a terminal device, for example, called the first user ); When the user identity of the terminal device is the second user identity, from the perspective of the network side, the terminal device can be understood as another user (for example, referred to as the second user). The terminal device can be registered in the first network as the first user and registered in the second network as the second user. In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device supports one user identity, which can also be described as the terminal device having one user identity. In the same way, the terminal device supports two user identities, which can also be described as the terminal device having two user identities.
另外,需要说明的是,在本申请的各个实施例中所述的,“第一用户身份的终端设备”,可以理解为,“终端设备的第一用户身份”,这两种描述方式所指示的内容是相同的,这两种描述方式可以互换。同理,“第二用户身份的终端设备”,可以理解为,“终端设备的第二用户身份”,这两种描述方式所指示的内容是相同的,这两种描述方式可以互换。In addition, it should be noted that in the various embodiments of this application, the "terminal device with the first user identity" can be understood as "the first user identity of the terminal device", as indicated by these two descriptions. The content is the same, these two descriptions can be interchanged. In the same way, "the terminal device of the second user identity" can be understood as "the second user identity of the terminal device". The content indicated by the two description methods is the same, and the two description methods can be interchanged.
本申请的技术方案可以应用于无线通信系统中,例如,图1中所示的通信系统,或图2中所示的通信系统。处于无线通信系统中的三个通信装置之间可具有无线通信连接关系,该三个通信装置中的一个通信装置可对应于图1或图2中所示的终端设备,也可以为配置于终端设备中的芯片;该三个通信装置中的另一个通信装置可对应于图1或图2中所示的接入网设备,也可以为配置于接入网设备中的芯片;该三个通信装置中的另一个通信装置可对应于图1或图2中所示的核心网设备,也可以为配置于核心网设备中的芯片。The technical solution of the present application can be applied to a wireless communication system, for example, the communication system shown in FIG. 1 or the communication system shown in FIG. 2. The three communication devices in the wireless communication system may have a wireless communication connection relationship. One of the three communication devices may correspond to the terminal device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be configured in the terminal. The chip in the device; the other communication device of the three communication devices may correspond to the access network device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be a chip configured in the access network device; the three communication devices The other communication device in the device may correspond to the core network device shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, or may be a chip configured in the core network device.
应理解,在本文示出的实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的用户身份,不同的TAI列表,不同的核心网设备、不同的接入网设备等。It should be understood that, in the embodiments shown herein, the first, second, and various numerical numbers are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, distinguish different user identities, different TAI lists, different core network equipment, different access network equipment, etc.
还应理解,在本文示出的实施例中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现, 本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。It should also be understood that in the embodiments shown herein, "pre-defined" can be implemented by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables, or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in devices (for example, including terminal devices and network devices). This application does not limit its specific implementation.
还应理解,本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”,可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器,可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器,也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。It should also be understood that the “saving” involved in the embodiments of the present application may refer to being stored in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be provided separately, or integrated in an encoder or decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partly provided separately, and partly integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of the memory can be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should also be understood that the "protocol" in the embodiments of the present application may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, which are not limited in this application.
以下,不失一般性,首先以一个终端设备的TAU过程和寻呼为例详细说明本申请实施例。可以理解,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个终端设备或者配置于终端设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行TAU或寻呼,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个接入网设备或者配置于接入网设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行TAU或寻呼,处于无线通信系统中的任意一个核心网设备或者配置于核心网设备中的芯片均可以基于相同的方法进行TAU或寻呼。本申请对此不做限定。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, first, the TAU process and paging of a terminal device are taken as an example to describe the embodiments of the present application in detail. It can be understood that any terminal device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method, and any access network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the terminal device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method. The chips in the network equipment can perform TAU or paging based on the same method, and any core network device in the wireless communication system or the chip configured in the core network device can perform TAU or paging based on the same method. This application does not limit this.
请参考图8,示出了本申请实施例提供的一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。Please refer to FIG. 8, which shows a schematic flowchart of a TAU method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
810,终端设备确定与TAI集合对应的第一区域。其中,第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域。第一TAI列表与该终端设备的第一用户身份关联,第二TAI列表与该终端设备的第二用户身份关联。810: The terminal device determines the first area corresponding to the TAI set. The first area includes an area corresponding to the first TAI list and an area corresponding to the second TAI list. The first TAI list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
示例性的,以图7中的场景为例,第一TAI列表可以为4G TAI列表,第二TAI列表可以为5G TAI列表,第一区域可以为4G TAI列表对应的区域与5G TAI列表对应的区域的并集。Exemplarily, taking the scenario in Figure 7 as an example, the first TAI list may be a 4G TAI list, the second TAI list may be a 5G TAI list, and the first area may be the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the 5G TAI list. Union of regions.
820,当终端设备检测到移出第一区域时,发起TAU流程。820: When the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, it initiates a TAU process.
一个示例,终端设备在移动的过程中,当终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出该TAI集合对应的第一区域时,向该终端设备以第一用户身份注册的第一核心网设备发起TAU过程。另一个示例,终端设备在移动的过程中,当终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出该TAI集合对应的第一区域时,向该终端设备以第二用户身份注册的第二核心网设备发起TAU过程。具体的,TAU流程可以参见上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。For example, when the terminal device is in the process of moving, when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the first area corresponding to the TAI set as the first user, it initiates a TAU to the first core network device registered with the terminal device as the first user. process. In another example, when the terminal device is in the process of moving, when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the first area corresponding to the TAI set as the second user, it initiates to the second core network device registered with the terminal device as the second user. TAU process. Specifically, the TAU process can be referred to the above description, for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
继续以图7进行说明,当终端设备以SIM卡1检测到移出4G TAI列表对应的区域与5G TAI列表对应的区域的并集时,以SIM卡1向MME发起TAU过程。当终端设备以SIM卡2检测到移出4G TAI列表对应的区域与5G TAI列表对应的区域的并集时,以SIM卡2向AMF发起TAU过程。Continuing to illustrate with FIG. 7, when the terminal device uses the SIM card 1 to detect the union of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it uses the SIM card 1 to initiate a TAU process to the MME. When the terminal device uses the SIM card 2 to detect the union of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list and the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it uses the SIM card 2 to initiate a TAU process to the AMF.
换句话说,当终端设备以SIM卡1检测到移出4G TAI列表对应的区域,但是仍然处于5G TAI列表对应的区域时,不以SIM卡1触发TAU流程,或者当终端设备以SIM卡2检测到移出5G TAI列表对应的区域,但是仍然处于4G TAI列表对应的区域时,不以SIM卡2触发TAU流程。In other words, when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list with SIM card 1, but is still in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, it does not trigger the TAU process with SIM card 1, or when the terminal device detects with SIM card 2. When it moves out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, but is still in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list, the SIM card 2 is not used to trigger the TAU process.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备通过在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,能够避免终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出与第一TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第二TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU过程,以及避免终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出与第二TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第一TAI列表对应的区域 时发起的TAU流程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user. And the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list. The TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
一些可选的实施例中,当第一用户身份为第一通信制式,第二用户身份为第二通信制式,第一通信制式与第二通信制式不同时,TAI集合可以根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,其中第三TAI列表是由第二TAI列表根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系转换的。In some optional embodiments, when the first user identity is the first communication standard, the second user identity is the second communication standard, and the first communication standard is different from the second communication standard, the TAI set may be based on the first TAI list and The third TAI list is determined, where the third TAI list is converted from the second TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard.
一些实现方式中,终端设备可以根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,将第二TAI列表转换为第三TAI列表。然后,一种可能的方式,终端设备可以根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表,确定TAI列表集合,再根据TAI列表集合确定第一区域。比如,终端设备可以对第一TAI列表和第二TAI列表取并集获取TAI集合,然后根据TAI集合来确定第一区域。或者另一种可能的方式,终端设备可以根据第一TAI列表对应的区域和第三TAI列表对应的区域,确定第一区域。比如,终端设备可以对第一TAI列表对应的区域和第三TAI列表对应的区域取并集,确定第一区域。In some implementation manners, the terminal device may convert the second TAI list into the third TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard. Then, in a possible manner, the terminal device may determine the TAI list set according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and then determine the first area according to the TAI list set. For example, the terminal device may take the union of the first TAI list and the second TAI list to obtain the TAI set, and then determine the first area according to the TAI set. Or in another possible manner, the terminal device may determine the first area according to the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the third TAI list. For example, the terminal device may take the union of the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the third TAI list to determine the first area.
具体的,第一通信制式的TAI与第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,可以参见上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, for the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard, reference may be made to the above description. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备能够在支持的两个用户身份的通信制式不同的情况下,根据两个通信制式的TAI之间的转换关系,对这两个用户身份的TAI列表进行转换,从而实现在这两个通信制式不同时,终端设备仍然能够在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can convert the TAI lists of the two user identities according to the conversion relationship between the TAIs of the two communication standards when the supported communication modes of the two user identities are different. , So that when the two communication standards are different, the terminal device can still initiate the tracking area location update process when it detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by the terminal device and save air interface Signaling overhead reduces the power consumption of terminal equipment.
一些可选的实施例,当第一通信制式与第二通信制式相同时,TAI集合可以包括第一TAI列表和第二TAI列表。示例性的,终端设备可以对第一TAI列表和第二TAI列表,确定TAI列表集合,再根据TAI列表集合确定第一区域。或者,终端设备可以根据第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,确定第一区域。In some optional embodiments, when the first communication standard is the same as the second communication standard, the TAI set may include the first TAI list and the second TAI list. Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine the TAI list set for the first TAI list and the second TAI list, and then determine the first area according to the TAI list set. Alternatively, the terminal device may determine the first area according to the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
一些可能的实现方式中,上述映射关系可以来自第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备。也就是说,第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备中可以预先定义该映射关系,然后,将该映射关系发送给终端设备。示例性的,可选的,在图8所示的方法中,还可以包括802,第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备可以向终端设备发送该映射关系。或者,在其他可能的实现方式中,终端设备中可以预先定义该映射关系。In some possible implementation manners, the foregoing mapping relationship may come from the first core network device or the second core network device. That is, the first core network device or the second core network device may predefine the mapping relationship, and then send the mapping relationship to the terminal device. Exemplarily, and optionally, in the method shown in FIG. 8, 802 may be further included, and the first core network device or the second core network device may send the mapping relationship to the terminal device. Or, in other possible implementation manners, the mapping relationship may be predefined in the terminal device.
一些可能的实现方式中,上述TAI集合可以来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。作为示例,第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备中协商确定该TAI集合,然后,将该TAI集合发送给终端设备。示例性的,可选的,在图8所示的方法中,还可以包括804,第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备可以向终端设备发送该TAI集合。或者,在其他可能的实现方式中,终端设备中可以预先定义该TAI集合。In some possible implementation manners, the above-mentioned TAI set may come from the first core network device or the second core network device. As an example, the first core network device or the second core network device negotiates to determine the TAI set, and then sends the TAI set to the terminal device. Exemplarily, and optionally, in the method shown in FIG. 8, it may further include 804, and the first core network device or the second core network device may send the TAI set to the terminal device. Or, in other possible implementation manners, the TAI set may be predefined in the terminal device.
可选的,本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以使能(或者还可以称为激活)或去使能(或者还可以称为去激活)跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also enable (or may also be referred to as activation) or de-enable (or may also be referred to as deactivation) the tracking area update TAU optimization function.
作为一个示例,对于终端设备的第一用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端设备以该第一用户身份在上述第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第一用户身份检测到终端设备移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As an example, for the first user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves within the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update is not performed. When it is detected that the terminal device moves out of the first area as the first user, the tracking area location update process is initiated.
作为另一个示例,对于终端设备的第二用户身份而言,TAU优化功能,指的是当终端设备以第二用户身份在第一区域内移动时,不进行跟踪区域位置更新,当终端设备以第二用户身份检测到终端设备移出上述第一区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程。As another example, for the second user identity of the terminal device, the TAU optimization function means that when the terminal device moves in the first area as the second user identity, no tracking area location update is performed. When the second user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, it initiates the tracking area location update process.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,终端设备可以使能其支持的用户身份中的部分或全部用户身份的跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。示例性的,终端设备可以使能第一用户身份的TAU优化功能,去使能第二用户身份的TAU优化功能,还可以同时使能第一用户身份的TAU优化功能和第二用户身份的TAU优化功能。但是本申请实施例并不限于此。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device may enable the tracking area update TAU optimization function of some or all of the user identities supported by the terminal device. Exemplarily, the terminal device can enable the TAU optimization function of the first user identity, disable the TAU optimization function of the second user identity, and can also enable the TAU optimization function of the first user identity and the TAU optimization function of the second user identity at the same time. Optimization function. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
一些可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以自己确定是否使能TAU优化功能。例如,当终端设备确定插入至少两张SIM卡时,可以使能TAU优化功能,当终端设备确定只插入一张SIM卡时,可以去使能TAU优化功能。或者,终端设备在支持至少两张SIM的过程中,周期性的使能或去使能TAU优化功能。本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible implementations, the terminal device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function by itself. For example, when the terminal device determines to insert at least two SIM cards, the TAU optimization function may be enabled, and when the terminal device determines that only one SIM card is inserted, the TAU optimization function may be disabled. Or, the terminal device periodically enables or disables the TAU optimization function during the process of supporting at least two SIMs. The embodiments of this application do not limit this.
一些可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据来自核心网设备的第一指示信息,来确定是否使能TAU优化功能。这样,可以由核心网设备根据需要,确定是否使能TAU优化功能。示例性的,可选的,在图8所示的方法中,还可以包括806,核心网设备可以向终端设备发送该第一指示信息。In some possible implementation manners, the terminal device may determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information from the core network device. In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function according to needs. Exemplarily, and optionally, in the method shown in FIG. 8, it may further include 806, and the core network device may send the first indication information to the terminal device.
一个示例,终端设备可以从第一核心网设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示使能该终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能。As an example, the terminal device may receive first indication information from the first core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
另一个示例,终端设备可以从第二核心网设备接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示使能该终端设备的第二用户身份的TAU优化功能。In another example, the terminal device may receive first indication information from the second core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the second user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
另一个示例,终端设备从第一核心网设备或第二核心网设备接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示使能第一用户身份和第二用户身份的TAU优化功能。In another example, the terminal device receives first indication information from the first core network device or the second core network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity and the second user identity is enabled.
一些可能的实现方式中,第一指示信息可以为比特(bit)位,也就是说,可以通过发送比特位的方式来指示是否使能TAU优化功能。In some possible implementation manners, the first indication information may be bits, that is, bits may be sent to indicate whether to enable the TAU optimization function.
比如,第一指示信息可以为1个bit位,当该bit为“1”时,表示可以使能TAU优化功能,当该bit位为“0”时,表示可以去使能TAU优化功能。For example, the first indication information may be 1 bit. When the bit is "1", it means that the TAU optimization function can be enabled, and when the bit is "0", it means that the TAU optimization function can be disabled.
又比如,第一指示信息可以为多个bit位。一些可选的实施例中,该多个bit位还可以指示是否进行TA更新,和/或位置区域(location area,LA)更新。表1示出了第一指示信息的一个具体示例。For another example, the first indication information may be multiple bits. In some optional embodiments, the multiple bits may also indicate whether to perform TA update, and/or location area (location area, LA) update. Table 1 shows a specific example of the first indication information.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000001
其中,TA/TA联合更新指的是,终端设备可以综合考虑第一通信制式对应的TA区域和第二通信制式对应的TA区域来进行位置更新,但是并未使能TAU优化功能。其中,第一通信制式例如可以是4G通信制式,第二通信制式可以是5G通信制式,第一通信制式和第二通信制式也可以是未来的其他制式,如5.5G或6G无线通信系统,这里不做限制。Wherein, the TA/TA joint update means that the terminal device can comprehensively consider the TA area corresponding to the first communication standard and the TA area corresponding to the second communication standard to perform location update, but the TAU optimization function is not enabled. Among them, the first communication standard can be, for example, a 4G communication standard, and the second communication standard can be a 5G communication standard. The first communication standard and the second communication standard can also be other future standards, such as 5.5G or 6G wireless communication systems. No restrictions.
TA/LA联合更新指的是,终端设备综合考虑4G对应的TA区域和3G对应的LA区域来进行位置更新。The joint TA/LA update means that the terminal device comprehensively considers the TA area corresponding to 4G and the LA area corresponding to 3G to perform location update.
TA/TA联合更新以及使能TAU优化功能指的是,终端设备综合考虑第一通信制式对应的TA区域和第二通信制式对应的TA区域来进行位置更新。相比于TA/TA联合更新,“110”对应的含义是在配置时就使能了TAU优化功能,而TA/TA联合更新只是配置了终端设备可以有这个功能,但是要通过其他的指示信息来使能该功能。The TA/TA joint update and the enabling of the TAU optimization function mean that the terminal device comprehensively considers the TA area corresponding to the first communication standard and the TA area corresponding to the second communication standard to perform location update. Compared with the TA/TA joint update, the corresponding meaning of "110" is that the TAU optimization function is enabled during the configuration, and the TA/TA joint update only configures the terminal device to have this function, but through other instructions. To enable this function.
一些可选的实施例中,终端设备可以根据本地保存的终端设备标识来反映其TAU优优化功能是否为使能的状态。作为示例,该终端设备标识可以为下次更新时所使用的终端设备临时标识(temporary identity used in next update,TIN)。其中,TIN为终端设备的一个参数,用于在TAU请求(TAU request)或附着请求(attach request)中指示终端设备的参数,使得网络设备可以识别该终端设备。In some optional embodiments, the terminal device may reflect whether its TAU optimization function is enabled according to the terminal device identifier stored locally. As an example, the terminal device identifier may be a temporary identity (used in next update, TIN) of the terminal device used in the next update. Among them, the TIN is a parameter of the terminal device, which is used to indicate the parameter of the terminal device in a TAU request (TAU request) or an attach request (attach request), so that the network device can identify the terminal device.
一个具体的例子,当终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能使能或激活时,该终端设备的第一用户身份的本地保存的TIN值可以设置为RAT相关的TMSI(RAT-related TMSI)。其中,RAT-related TMSI可以为第一用户身份对应的第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI,这取决于终端设备当前驻留的网络。作为示例,当终端设备的第一用户身份当前驻留在4G的小区时,RAT-related TMSI为4G GUTI,当终端设备的第一用户身份驻留在5G的小区时,RAT-related TMSI为5G GUTI,当终端设备的第一用户身份驻留在3G/3G的小区时,RAT-related TMSI为P-GUTI。As a specific example, when the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled or activated, the locally saved TIN value of the first user identity of the terminal device can be set to RAT-related TMSI (RAT-related TMSI) . Among them, the RAT-related TMSI may be the globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard corresponding to the first user identity, which depends on the network where the terminal device currently resides. As an example, when the first user identity of the terminal device currently resides in a 4G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is 4G GUTI, and when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 5G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is 5G GUTI, when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 3G/3G cell, the RAT-related TMSI is P-GUTI.
而当终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能为去使能或者去激活状态时,TIN的取值可以为以下:When the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is disabled or deactivated, the value of TIN can be as follows:
电路域用户临时标识符(packet temporary mobile subscriber identity,P-TMSI);Circuit domain user temporary identifier (packet temporary mobile subscriber identity, P-TMSI);
全球唯一临时标识(globally unique temporary identifier,GUTI),在网络中唯一标识终端设备;Globally unique temporary identifier (GUTI), which uniquely identifies terminal equipment in the network;
临时移动台标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI)。Temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI).
终端设备的第二用户身份对应的TIN的取值与第一用户身份对应的TIN的取值类似,具体可以参考第一用户身份对应的TIN的描述,这里不再赘述。The value of the TIN corresponding to the second user identity of the terminal device is similar to the value of the TIN corresponding to the first user identity. For details, please refer to the description of the TIN corresponding to the first user identity, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,步骤806可以在步骤810之前执行,也可以在步骤810之后执行,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, step 806 may be performed before step 810, or may be performed after step 810, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一些可选的实施例,终端设备还可以向核心网设备上报具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。示例性的,可选的,在图8所示的方法中,还可以包括步骤808,终端设备向核心网设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备支持TAU优化功能,即具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。这样,核心网设备可以根据终端设备是否具有(即支持)TAU优化功能的能力,确定是否使能该终端设备的TAU优化功能。In some optional embodiments, the terminal device may also report to the core network device that it has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. Exemplarily and optionally, the method shown in FIG. 8 may further include step 808. The terminal device sends second indication information to the core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU optimization function. That is, it has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. In this way, the core network device can determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device according to whether the terminal device has (that is, supports) the capability of the TAU optimization function.
一个示例,终端设备可以以第一用户身份,向第一核心网设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备的第一用户身份具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。另一个 示例,终端设备可以以第二用户身份,向第二核心网设备发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示终端设备的第二用户身份具有支持TAU的能力。As an example, the terminal device may send second indication information to the first core network device as the first user identity, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. In another example, the terminal device may use the second user identity to send second indication information to the second core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device is capable of supporting TAU.
本申请实施例中,当终端设备的第一用户身份检测到移出第一区域时,终端设备可以以第一用户身份向第一核心网设备发送用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求(例如可以为TAU request)。其中,该第一请求中包括终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份是否使能跟踪区优化功能相关。这样,核心网设备可以根据该第一请求中的第一终端设备标识,确定第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first user identity of the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, the terminal device may use the first user identity to send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device (for example, it may be TAU request). Wherein, the first request includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where all The second terminal device identifier is related to whether the first user identity of the terminal device enables the tracking area optimization function. In this way, the core network device can determine whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled according to the first terminal device identifier in the first request.
作为示例,第二终端设备标识可以为终端设备以第一用户身份在本地保存的用于反映其TAU优优化功能是否为使能的状态终端设备标识,比如本地保存的TIN。对应的,此时上述第一请求中的第一终端设备标识可以与该第二终端设备标识相同。示例性的,第一终端设备标识和第二终端设备标识可以为第一用户身份对应的第一通信制式下的GUTI。As an example, the second terminal device identifier may be a state terminal device identifier stored locally by the terminal device as the first user identity and used to reflect whether its TAU optimization function is enabled, such as a locally stored TIN. Correspondingly, at this time, the first terminal device identifier in the first request may be the same as the second terminal device identifier. Exemplarily, the first terminal device identifier and the second terminal device identifier may be GUTI under the first communication standard corresponding to the first user identity.
表2示出了第一请求中携带的第一终端设备标识的一个示例。其中,表2中以第一通信制式为4G通信制式,第二通信制式为5G通信制式,第二终端设备标识为TIN为例进行说明。Table 2 shows an example of the first terminal device identifier carried in the first request. Among them, in Table 2, the first communication standard is the 4G communication standard, the second communication standard is the 5G communication standard, and the second terminal device identifier is the TIN as an example for description.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000002
一种可能的情况,当终端设备的第一用户身份驻留在4G的小区,即通过4G小区发送TAU request时(TAU request via 4G)时,如果TIN设置为4G-GUTI,第一终端设备标识可以取值为4G-GUTI;如果TIN设置为5G-GUTI时,第一终端设备标识可以取值为从5G-GUTI映射过来的4G-GUTI(4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI);如果TIN设置为RAT-related TMSI时,第一终端设备标识可以取值为4G-GUTI。In a possible situation, when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 4G cell, that is, when a TAU request (TAU request via 4G) is sent through a 4G cell, if the TIN is set to 4G-GUTI, the first terminal device ID The value can be 4G-GUTI; if the TIN is set to 5G-GUTI, the first terminal device identifier can be set to 4G-GUTI (4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI); if the TIN is set When it is a RAT-related TMSI, the first terminal device identifier may take a value of 4G-GUTI.
另一种可能的情况,当终端设备的第一用户身份驻留在5G的小区,即通过5G小区发送TAU request时(TAU request via 4G)时,如果TIN设置为4G-GUTI,第一终端设备标识可以取值为从4G-GUTI映射过来的5G-GUTI(4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI);如果TIN设置为5G-GUTI时,第一终端设备标识可以取值为5G-GUTI;如果TIN设置为RAT-related TMSI时,第一终端设备标识可以取值为5G-GUTI。Another possible situation is that when the first user identity of the terminal device resides in a 5G cell, that is, when a TAU request (TAU request via 4G) is sent through a 5G cell, if the TIN is set to 4G-GUTI, the first terminal device The identifier can take the value of 5G-GUTI (4G-GUTI mapped from 5G-GUTI); if the TIN is set to 5G-GUTI, the first terminal device identifier can take the value of 5G-GUTI; if TIN When it is set to RAT-related TMSI, the first terminal device identifier may take a value of 5G-GUTI.
在一些可选的实施例中,当终端设备以第一用户身份初次进行附着(attach)时,向第一核心网设备发送的attach request中还可以包括上述第一终端设备标识,其中该第一终端设备标识可以根据上述第二终端设备标识确定的。作为示例,表3使出了attach request中携带的第一终端设备标识的一个示例。其中,表3中以第一通信制式为4G通信制式,第二通信制式为5G通信制式,第二终端设备标识为TIN为例进行说明。In some optional embodiments, when the terminal device attaches as the first user identity for the first time, the attach request sent to the first core network device may also include the above-mentioned first terminal device identifier, where the first terminal device identifier is also included in the attach request sent to the first core network device. The terminal device identifier may be determined according to the above-mentioned second terminal device identifier. As an example, Table 3 shows an example of the first terminal device identifier carried in the attach request. Among them, in Table 3, the first communication standard is the 4G communication standard, the second communication standard is the 5G communication standard, and the second terminal device identifier is the TIN as an example for description.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2019109693-appb-000003
具体的,attach request中的第一终端设备标识的取值与第一请求中的第一终端设备标识的取值方式类似,可以参考上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the value of the first terminal device identifier in the attach request is similar to the value of the first terminal device identifier in the first request, and the above description can be referred to. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
当终端设备的第二用户身份检测到移出第一区域时,终端设备以第二用户身份向第二核心网设备发送的用于更新跟踪区域的请求与第一请求类似,具体可以参考第一请求中的描述,这里不再赘述。When the second user identity of the terminal device detects that it moves out of the first area, the request for updating the tracking area sent by the terminal device as the second user identity to the second core network device is similar to the first request. For details, please refer to the first request. The description in, I won’t repeat it here.
因此,本申请实施例中,终端设备通过在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,能够避免终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出与第一TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第二TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU过程,以及避免终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出与第二TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与第一TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU流程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device initiates the tracking area location update process when detecting that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting the movement out of the area corresponding to the first TAI list as the first user. And the TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and to prevent the terminal device from detecting as the second user when it moves out of the area corresponding to the second TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the first TAI list. The TAU process can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
下面,以图7所示的场景中的终端设备为例,结合图9和图10详细描述本申请实施例的TAU的方法。其中,终端设备以第一用户身份注册到4G网络,比如第一核心网设备中,该第一核心网设备中例如包括MME,终端设备以第二用户身份注册到5G网络,比如第二核心网中,该第二核心网设备中例如包括AMF。但是本申请实施例并不限于此。下面以第一核心网设备为MME,第二核心网设备为AMF为例描述本申请实施例的方案。Hereinafter, taking the terminal device in the scenario shown in FIG. 7 as an example, the TAU method of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 9 and FIG. 10. The terminal device is registered to the 4G network as the first user, such as the first core network device, the first core network device includes, for example, an MME, and the terminal device is registered to the 5G network as the second user, such as the second core network. In the second core network device, for example, AMF is included. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. In the following, the solution of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example.
请参考图9,示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。在该方法中,由终端设备根据预先获取的4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,将终端设备的第二用户身份关联的4G TAI列表转换为5G TAI列表,或者将终端设备的第一用户身份关联的5G TAI列表转换为4G TAI列表,获取4G/5G TAI列表(TAI集合的一个示例)。图9中所示的TAU的方法包括901至907。Please refer to FIG. 9, which shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided in an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the terminal device converts the 4G TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device into a 5G TAI list according to the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI acquired in advance, or associates the first user identity of the terminal device Convert the 5G TAI list into a 4G TAI list, and obtain a 4G/5G TAI list (an example of a TAI set). The TAU method shown in FIG. 9 includes 901 to 907.
应理解,图9示出了TAU方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图9中的各个操作的变形。此外,图9中的各个步骤可以按照与图9呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图9中的全部操作。It should be understood that FIG. 9 shows the steps or operations of the TAU method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 9. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 9 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 9, and it is possible that not all the operations in FIG. 9 are to be performed.
901,MME和AMF协商是否使能终端设备的TAU优化功能。901. The MME and AMF negotiate whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
示例性的,MME和AMF可以通过信令协商,来确定是否使能终端设备的TAU优化功能。Exemplarily, the MME and AMF may negotiate through signaling to determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
可选的,在步骤901之前,终端设备可以以第一用户身份向MME发送第二指示信息,来指示该终端设备的第一用户身份具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。和/或,终端设备可以以第二用户身份向AMF发送第二指示信息,来指示该终端设备的第二用户身份具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。Optionally, before step 901, the terminal device may send second indication information to the MME as the first user identity to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. And/or, the terminal device may send second indication information to the AMF as the second user identity to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
如果AMF/MME确定要使能相应用户身份的终端设备的TAU功能,则向对应的用户身份的终端设备发送使能TAU优化功能的指示。If the AMF/MME determines to enable the TAU function of the terminal device of the corresponding user identity, it sends an instruction to enable the TAU optimization function to the terminal device of the corresponding user identity.
902,如果确定使能第二用户身份的TAU优化功能,则AMF向第二用户身份的终端设备发送第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于使能TAU优化功能。902: If it is determined that the TAU optimization function of the second user identity is enabled, the AMF sends first indication information to the terminal device of the second user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
可选的,AMF还可以将4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,以及5G TAI列表发送给第二用户身份的终端设备。Optionally, the AMF may also send the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI and the 5G TAI list to the terminal device of the second user identity.
一些可能的实现方式中,AMF可以将第一指示信息、4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,和5G TAI列表中的至少一种通过TAU接受(accept)消息,或者通过附着接受(attach accept)消息发送第一用户身份的给终端设备,但是本申请实施例不限于此。In some possible implementations, the AMF may combine the first indication information, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and at least one of the 5G TAI list through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message The first user identity is sent to the terminal device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在一些可能的实现方式中,还可以通过发送4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,或5G TAI列表,来隐式指示使能TAU优化功能。此时,还可以认为第一指示信息具体为4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,或5G TAI列表。In some possible implementations, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 5G TAI list may also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 5G TAI list.
903,如果确定使能第一用户身份的TAU优化功能,则MME向第一用户身份的终端设备发送第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于使能TAU优化功能。903. If it is determined that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled, the MME sends first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
可选的,MME还可以将4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,以及4G TAI列表发送给第一用户身份的终端设备。Optionally, the MME may also send the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI and the 4G TAI list to the terminal device of the first user identity.
一些可能的实现方式中,MME可以将第一指示信息、4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,和4G TAI列表中的至少一种通过TAU接受(accept)消息,或者通过附着接受(attach accept)消息发送给第二用户身份的终端设备,但是本申请实施例不限于此。In some possible implementations, the MME may combine the first indication information, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and at least one of the 4G TAI list through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message It is sent to the terminal device of the second user identity, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在一些可能的实现方式中,还可以通过发送4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,或4G TAI列表,来隐式指示使能TAU优化功能。此时,还可以认为第一指示信息具体为4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,或4G TAI列表。In some possible implementations, the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 4G TAI list may also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or a 4G TAI list.
具体的,第一指示信息可以参见图8中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information can be referred to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
904,终端设备进行TAI列表交互。904: The terminal device performs TAI list interaction.
示例性的,第一用户身份的终端设备可以获取第二用户身份的终端设备的5G TAI列表,第二用户身份的终端设备可以获取第一用户身份的4G TAI列表。Exemplarily, the terminal device of the first user identity may obtain the 5G TAI list of the terminal device of the second user identity, and the terminal device of the second user identity may obtain the 4G TAI list of the first user identity.
下面,以第一用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能为例进行描述。第二用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能与第一用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能相似,可以参考第一用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能的相关描述,可能需要做一些简单的适配,但是也在本申请实施例的保护范围内。In the following, description is made by taking the terminal device of the first user identity to enable the TAU optimization function as an example. The enabling TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is similar to the enabling of the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the first user identity. You can refer to the description of enabling the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the first user identity. You may need to do something simple However, it is also within the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
905,第一用户身份的终端设备确定第一区域。905: The terminal device of the first user identity determines the first area.
示例性的,第一用户身份的终端设备可以根据预先获取的4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,将在步骤904中获取的5G TAI列表转换为4G TAI列表。然后,根据从MME获取的4G TAI列表和由5G TAI列表转换来的4G TAI列表,确定4G/5G TAI列表以及4G/5G TAI列表对应的第一区域。Exemplarily, the terminal device of the first user identity may convert the 5G TAI list acquired in step 904 into a 4G TAI list according to the pre-acquired mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI. Then, according to the 4G TAI list obtained from the MME and the 4G TAI list converted from the 5G TAI list, the 4G/5G TAI list and the first area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list are determined.
906,第一用户身份的终端设备处于第一区域范围内(或者也可以描述为在第一区域范围内)移动时,不触发TAU。906: When the terminal device of the first user identity moves within the first area (or can also be described as within the first area), the TAU is not triggered.
907,第一用户身份的终端设备检测到终端设备移出第一区域范围时,该终端设备以第一用户身份,向MME发起TAU过程。907: When the terminal device with the first user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, the terminal device uses the first user identity to initiate a TAU process to the MME.
示例性的,终端设备以第一用于身份,可以向MME发起TAU request,其中包括该终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识。具体的,可以参见图8中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, with the first user identity, the terminal device may initiate a TAU request to the MME, which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
因此,本申请实施例中,由终端设备根据预先获取的4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,获取4G/5G TAI列表,然后终端设备以第一用户身份或第二用户身份在检测到移出4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,能够避免终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出与5G TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与4G TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU过程,以及避免终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出与4G TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与5G TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU流程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device obtains the 4G/5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, and then the terminal device detects that the 4G/TAI is moved out of the 4G/TAI as the first user or the second user. In the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, the tracking area location update process is initiated, which can avoid the TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects as the first user to move out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list and enters the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. And to avoid the TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects that it moves out of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list as the second user, and enters the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, which can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by the terminal device and save Air interface signaling overhead reduces the power consumption of terminal equipment.
请参考图10,示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种TAU的方法的示意性流程图。在该方法中,由核心网设备根据预先获取的4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,将终端设备的第二用户身份关联的4G TAI列表转换为5G TAI列表,或者将终端设备的第一用户身份关联的5G TAI列表转换为4G TAI列表,获取4G/5G TAI列表(TAI集合的一个示例)。然后,核心网设备可以将4G/5G TAI列表发送给终端设备。也就是说,在该方法中,终端设备对4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系不感知。图10中所示的TAU的方法包括1001至1006。Please refer to FIG. 10, which shows a schematic flowchart of another TAU method provided in an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the core network device converts the 4G TAI list associated with the second user identity of the terminal device into a 5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI, or converts the first user identity of the terminal device The associated 5G TAI list is converted to a 4G TAI list, and a 4G/5G TAI list (an example of a TAI set) is obtained. Then, the core network device can send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device. That is to say, in this method, the terminal device does not perceive the mapping relationship between 4G TAI and 5G TAI. The TAU method shown in FIG. 10 includes 1001 to 1006.
应理解,图10示出了TAU方法的步骤或操作,但这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其他操作或者图10中的各个操作的变形。此外,图10中的各个步骤可以按照与图10呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行图10中的全部操作。It should be understood that FIG. 10 shows the steps or operations of the TAU method, but these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiment of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of each operation in FIG. 10. In addition, the various steps in FIG. 10 may be performed in a different order from that presented in FIG. 10, and it is possible that not all operations in FIG. 10 are to be performed.
1001,MME和AMF协商是否使能终端设备的TAU优化功能。1001. The MME and AMF negotiate whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
示例性的,MME和SMF可以通过信令协商,来确定是否使能终端设备的TAU优化功能。Exemplarily, the MME and SMF may negotiate through signaling to determine whether to enable the TAU optimization function of the terminal device.
可选的,在步骤1001之前,终端设备可以以第一用户身份向MME发送第二指示信息,来指示该终端设备的第一用户身份具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。和/或,终端设备可以以第二用户身份向AMF发送第二指示信息,来指示该终端设备的第二用户身份具有支持TAU优化功能的能力。Optionally, before step 1001, the terminal device may send second indication information to the MME as the first user identity to indicate that the first user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function. And/or, the terminal device may send second indication information to the AMF as the second user identity to indicate that the second user identity of the terminal device has the ability to support the TAU optimization function.
如果AMF/MME确定要使能相应用户身份的终端设备的TAU功能,则向对应的用户身份的终端设备发送使能TAU优化功能的指示。If the AMF/MME determines to enable the TAU function of the terminal device of the corresponding user identity, it sends an instruction to enable the TAU optimization function to the terminal device of the corresponding user identity.
1002,如果确定使能第二用户身份的TAU优化功能,则AMF向第二用户身份的终端设备发送第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于使能TAU优化功能。1002. If it is determined that the TAU optimization function of the second user identity is enabled, the AMF sends first indication information to the terminal device of the second user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
可选的,AMF还可以将4G/5G TAI列表发送给第二用户身份的终端设备。需要说明的是,此时,AMF将从MME获取的终端设备的第一用户身份的4G TAI列表转换为5G TAI列表,然后获取由4G TAI列表转换来的5G TAI列表和第二用户身份的5G TAI列表取并集,获得4G/5G TAI列表。也就是说,该4G/5G TAI列表是按NR TA划分规则进行划分的。Optionally, the AMF may also send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device of the second user identity. It should be noted that at this time, AMF converts the 4G TAI list of the first user identity of the terminal device obtained from the MME into a 5G TAI list, and then obtains the 5G TAI list converted from the 4G TAI list and the 5G 5G of the second user identity. Take the union of the TAI list to obtain the 4G/5G TAI list. In other words, the 4G/5G TAI list is divided according to the NR TA division rule.
一些可能的实现方式中,AMF可以将第一指示信息、4G/5G TAI列表中的至少一种通过TAU接受(accept)消息,或者通过附着接受(attach accept)消息发送第一用户身份的给终端设备,但是本申请实施例不限于此。In some possible implementations, the AMF may send at least one of the first indication information and the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal through a TAU accept message, or through an attach accept message. Device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在一些可能的实现方式中,还可以通过发送4G/5G TAI列表,来隐式指示使能TAU 优化功能。此时,还可以认为第一指示信息具体为4G/5G TAI列表。In some possible implementations, the 4G/5G TAI list can also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a 4G/5G TAI list.
1003,如果确定使能第一用户身份的TAU优化功能,则MME向第一用户身份的终端设备发送第一指示信息,其中,该第一指示信息用于使能TAU优化功能。1003. If it is determined that the TAU optimization function of the first user identity is enabled, the MME sends first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable the TAU optimization function.
可选的,MME还可以将4G/5G TAI列表发送给第一用户身份的终端设备。需要说明的是,此时,MME将从AMF获取的终端设备的第二用户身份的5G TAI列表转换为4G TAI列表,然后获取由5G TAI列表转换来的4G TAI列表和第二用户身份的4G TAI列表取并集,获得4G/5G TAI列表。也就是说,该4G/5G TAI列表是按LTE TA划分规则进行划分的。Optionally, the MME may also send the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device of the first user identity. It should be noted that at this time, the MME converts the 5G TAI list of the second user identity of the terminal device obtained from the AMF into the 4G TAI list, and then obtains the 4G TAI list converted from the 5G TAI list and the 4G of the second user identity. Take the union of the TAI list to obtain the 4G/5G TAI list. In other words, the 4G/5G TAI list is divided according to the LTE TA division rule.
还需要说明的是,步骤1002中的4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域与步骤1003中的4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域是相同的。It should also be noted that the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list in step 1002 is the same as the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list in step 1003.
一些可能的实现方式中,MME可以将第一指示信息、4G/5G TAI列表中的至少一种通过TAU接受(accept)消息,或者通过附着接受(attach accept)消息发送给第二用户身份的终端设备,但是本申请实施例不限于此。In some possible implementations, the MME may send at least one of the first indication information and the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal of the second user identity through a TAU accept (accept) message, or through an attach accept (attach accept) message. Device, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
在一些可能的实现方式中,还可以通过发送4G/5G TAI列表,来隐式指示使能TAU优化功能。此时,还可以认为第一指示信息具体为4G/5G TAI列表。In some possible implementations, the 4G/5G TAI list can also be sent to implicitly indicate that the TAU optimization function is enabled. At this time, it can also be considered that the first indication information is specifically a 4G/5G TAI list.
具体的,第一指示信息可以参见图8中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the first indication information can be referred to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
下面,以第一用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能为例进行描述。第二用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能可以参考第一用户身份的终端设备使能TAU优化功能的描述。In the following, description is made by taking the terminal device of the first user identity to enable the TAU optimization function as an example. To enable the TAU optimization function for the terminal device of the second user identity, reference may be made to the description of enabling the TAU optimization function for the terminal device of the first user identity.
1004,第一用户身份的终端设备确定第一区域。1004. The terminal device of the first user identity determines the first area.
示例性的,第一用户身份的终端设备可以根据从MME获取的4G/5G TAI列表,确定第一区域。Exemplarily, the terminal device of the first user identity may determine the first area according to the 4G/5G TAI list obtained from the MME.
1005,第一用户身份的终端设备处于第一区域范围内(或者也可以描述为在第一区域范围内)移动时,不触发TAU。1005: When the terminal device of the first user identity moves within the first area (or can also be described as within the first area), the TAU is not triggered.
1006,第一用户身份的终端设备检测到终端设备移出第一区域范围时,该终端设备以第一用户身份,向MME发起TAU过程。1006. When the terminal device of the first user identity detects that the terminal device moves out of the first area, the terminal device uses the first user identity to initiate a TAU process to the MME.
示例性的,终端设备以第一用于身份,可以向MME发起TAU request,其中包括该终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识。具体的,可以参见图8中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Exemplarily, with the first user identity, the terminal device may initiate a TAU request to the MME, which includes the first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device. For details, please refer to the description in FIG. 8. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
因此,本申请实施例中,由MME或AMF根据预先获取的4G TAI和5G TAI的映射关系,获取4G/5G TAI列表,然后将该4G/5G TAI列表发送给终端设备,使得终端设备以第一用户身份或第二用户身份在检测到移出4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程,能够避免终端设备以第一用户身份检测到移出与5G TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与4G TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU过程,以及避免终端设备以第二用户身份检测到移出与4G TAI列表对应的区域,且进入与5G TAI列表对应的区域时发起的TAU流程,从而能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the MME or AMF obtains the 4G/5G TAI list according to the pre-obtained 4G TAI and 5G TAI mapping relationship, and then sends the 4G/5G TAI list to the terminal device, so that the terminal device is When a user identity or a second user identity detects moving out of the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list, it initiates the tracking area location update process, which can prevent the terminal device from detecting moving out of the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list as the first user, and The TAU process initiated when entering the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list, and to avoid the TAU process initiated when the terminal device detects that it moves out of the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list as the second user and enters the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, thereby It can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, and reduce power consumption of terminal equipment.
请参考图11,示出了本申请实施例提供的一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。Please refer to FIG. 11, which shows a schematic flowchart of a paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
1110,核心网设备确定与TAI集合对应的第一区域。其中,第一区域包括第一TAI 列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,具体的,可以参见上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。1110: The core network device determines the first area corresponding to the TAI set. Wherein, the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list. For details, please refer to the above description. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
1120,核心网设备在第一区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼。1120: The core network device is in the first area, and page the terminal device.
这里,该终端设备支持至少两个用户身份。该核心网设备可以为该至少两个用户身份中的第一用户身份注册到的网络侧设备。因此,步骤1120还可以描述为,核心网设备在第一区域内,对第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。Here, the terminal device supports at least two user identities. The core network device may be a network side device to which the first user identity of the at least two user identities is registered. Therefore, step 1120 can also be described as that the core network device is in the first area and pages the terminal device of the first user identity.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过核心网设备在TAI集合对应的第一区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出TAI集合对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程时,实现核心网设备对该终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在TAI集合对应的区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the core network device is used to page the terminal device in the first area corresponding to the TAI set, and the terminal device can initiate a tracking area location update when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the TAI set. During the process, the core network device paging the first user identity of the terminal device is implemented. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal devices, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce power consumption of terminal devices, and at the same time realize paging of terminal devices in the area corresponding to the TAI set.
具体的,核心网设备可以根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,将第二TAI列表转换为第三TAI列表,然后,根据第二TAI列表和第三TAI列表,确定第一区域的过程。具体的,与终端设备确定第一区域的过程相似,可以参考上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the core network device may convert the second TAI list into the third TAI list according to the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard, and then, according to the second TAI list and the third TAI List, the process of determining the first area. Specifically, the process of determining the first area by the terminal device is similar, and the above description can be referred to. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
下面,以图7所示的场景中的终端设备为例,结合图12和图13详细描述本申请实施例的寻呼的方法。其中,终端设备以第一用户身份注册到4G网络,比如第一核心网设备中,该第一核心网设备中例如包括MME,终端设备以第二用户身份注册到5G网络,比如第二核心网中,该第二核心网设备中例如包括AMF。但是本申请实施例并不限于此。下面以第一核心网设备为MME,第二核心网设备为AMF为例描述本申请实施例的方案。Hereinafter, taking the terminal device in the scenario shown in FIG. 7 as an example, the paging method of the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 12 and FIG. 13. The terminal device is registered to the 4G network as the first user, such as the first core network device, the first core network device includes, for example, an MME, and the terminal device is registered to the 5G network as the second user, such as the second core network. In the second core network device, for example, AMF is included. However, the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this. In the following, the solution of the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example.
需要说明的是,下面以AMF对第二用户身份的终端设备的寻呼过程为例进行描述。MME对第一用户身份的终端设备的寻呼过程与AMF对第二用户身份的终端设备的寻呼过程相似,其具体实现可以参见AMF对第二用户身份的终端设备寻呼的相关描述,可能需要做一些简单的适配,但是也在本申请实施例的保护范围内。It should be noted that the following describes the paging process of the terminal device of the second user identity by the AMF as an example. The paging process of the terminal equipment of the first user identity by the MME is similar to the paging process of the terminal equipment of the second user identity by the AMF. For specific implementation, please refer to the relevant description of the paging of the terminal equipment of the second user identity by AMF. Some simple adaptations need to be made, but they are also within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
请参考图12,示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。在该方法中,AMF在4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。该方法包括1201至1204。Please refer to FIG. 12, which shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. The method includes 1201 to 1204.
1201,AMF确定需要寻呼第二用户身份的终端设备。比如,当有第二用户身份的终端设备的下行数据到达时,可以确定需要寻呼该第二用户身份的终端设备。1201. The AMF determines the terminal device that needs to page the second user identity. For example, when the downlink data of the terminal device with the second user identity arrives, it can be determined that the terminal device with the second user identity needs to be paged.
1202,AMF确定第二用户身份的终端设备的TAU优化功能已启用。1202. The AMF determines that the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is enabled.
1203,AFM确定4G/5G TAI列表对应的第一区域。1203. AFM determines the first area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list.
具体的,AMF确定4G/5G TAI列表可以参见上文中的描述,为了简洁,这里不再赘述。Specifically, the 4G/5G TAI list determined by the AMF can be referred to the above description. For brevity, details are not repeated here.
1204,AMF在第一区域范围内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。1204. The AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the range of the first area.
示例性的,AMF可以向第二用户身份的终端设备发送寻呼消息,该寻呼消息中包括终端设备的第二用户身份下的终端设备标识。Exemplarily, the AMF may send a paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity, and the paging message includes the terminal device identity of the terminal device under the second user identity.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过AMF在4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程中,实现AMF对该终端设备的第二用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例 能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the AMF is used to page the terminal device in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list, and the tracking area can be initiated when the terminal device detects that it has moved out of the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. During the location update process, the AMF paging the second user identity of the terminal device is implemented. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce terminal equipment power consumption, and at the same time realize the search for terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. call.
请参考图13,示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种寻呼的方法的示意性流程图。在该方法中,AMF在5G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼,MME在4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。该方法包括1301至1306。Please refer to FIG. 13, which shows a schematic flowchart of another paging method provided by an embodiment of the present application. In this method, the AMF pages the terminal equipment of the second user in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, and the MME pages the terminal equipment of the second user in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. The method includes 1301 to 1306.
1301,AMF确定需要寻呼第二用户身份的终端设备。比如,当有第二用户身份的终端设备的下行数据到达时,可以确定需要寻呼该第二用户身份的终端设备。1301. The AMF determines that the terminal device with the identity of the second user needs to be paged. For example, when the downlink data of the terminal device with the second user identity arrives, it can be determined that the terminal device with the second user identity needs to be paged.
1302,AMF确定第二用户身份的终端设备的TAU优化功能已启用。1302. The AMF determines that the TAU optimization function of the terminal device of the second user identity is enabled.
1303,AMF在5G TAI列表对应的范围内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。1303. The AMF pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the range corresponding to the 5G TAI list.
示例性的,AMF可以向第二用户身份的终端设备发送寻呼消息#1,该寻呼消息#1中包括终端设备的第二用户身份下的终端设备标识。Exemplarily, the AMF may send a paging message #1 to the terminal device of the second user identity, and the paging message #1 includes the terminal device identifier under the second user identity of the terminal device.
一些可能的实现方式中,AMF可以向gNB(终端设备以第二用户身份驻留的接入网设备的一个示例)发送寻呼消息#1。In some possible implementations, the AMF may send the paging message #1 to the gNB (an example of the access network device where the terminal device resides as the second user).
1304,AMF向MME发送寻呼消息,比如寻呼消息#2,该寻呼消息#2用于在所述4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。1304. The AMF sends a paging message, such as paging message #2, to the MME. The paging message #2 is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
也就是说,本申请实施例中,AMF可以在5G TAI列表对应的区域向第二用户身份的终端设备发送寻呼消息,MME可以在4G TAI列表对应的区域向第二用户身份的终端设备发送寻呼消息,从而能够实现在4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域内对第二用户身份的终端设备的寻呼。换句话说,MME可以协助AMF在4G TAI列表对应的区域内发送寻呼消息,来寻呼第二用户身份的终端设备。That is to say, in this embodiment of the application, AMF can send a paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, and the MME can send the paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list The paging message can thereby realize the paging of the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. In other words, the MME can assist the AMF to send paging messages in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list to page the terminal device of the second user identity.
一种可能的实现方式中,该寻呼消息#2中可以包括第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示寻呼消息#2是对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。In a possible implementation manner, the paging message #2 may include third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the paging message #2 is to page the terminal device of the second user identity.
示例性的,寻呼消息#2中可以包括用于指示寻呼类型的字段,该寻呼类型的字段是利用扩展字段进行指示的。这里,寻呼类型包括第一用户身份的寻呼以及第二用户身份的寻呼。Exemplarily, the paging message #2 may include a field for indicating a paging type, and the paging type field is indicated by using an extension field. Here, the paging type includes the paging of the first user identity and the paging of the second user identity.
一些可能的实现方式中,AMF可以预先获知终端设备支持第一用户身份和第二用户身份(即第一用户身份和第二用户身份为关联的用户身份),然后通过上述扩展字段来指示当前发送的寻呼消息是发送给第一用户身份的,还是第二用户身份的。一个简具体的例子,可以在寻呼消息中扩展1个bit。当该bit取值为“1”时,表示当前的寻呼消息是发送给注册在自己网络中的终端设备的第一用户身份的寻呼消息。当该bit取值为“0”时,表示当前的寻呼消息是发送给与第一用户身份关联的用户身份的(比如第二用户身份)的寻呼消息。或者,可以反之,本申请实施例对此不做限定。In some possible implementations, the AMF may know in advance that the terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity (that is, the first user identity and the second user identity are associated user identities), and then indicate the current transmission through the above-mentioned extension field. Is the paging message sent to the first user identity or the second user identity. A simple and concrete example, one bit can be extended in the paging message. When the bit value is "1", it means that the current paging message is a paging message sent to the first user identity of the terminal device registered in the own network. When the bit value is "0", it means that the current paging message is a paging message sent to the user identity associated with the first user identity (for example, the second user identity). Or, it can be reversed, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
一些可选的实施例,当一个终端设备中可以支持多个用户身份时,用来区分寻呼对象(即不同的用户身份)的bit数可以是多个。此时,bit数的不同的取值,对应不同用户身份的寻呼消息。In some optional embodiments, when a terminal device can support multiple user identities, the number of bits used to distinguish paging objects (that is, different user identities) may be multiple. At this time, different values of the number of bits correspond to paging messages of different user identities.
1305,MME在4G TAI列表对应的区域范围内对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。1305. The MME pages the terminal device of the second user identity within the area range corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
示例性的,MME可以向第一用户身份的终端设备发送寻呼消息#2,该寻呼消息#2用于在4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。Exemplarily, the MME may send a paging message #2 to the terminal device of the first user identity, and the paging message #2 is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list.
一些可能的实现方式中,MME可以向eNB(终端设备以第一用户身份驻留的接入网设备的一个示例)发送寻呼消息#2。eNB接收到该寻呼消息#2之后,向第一用户身份的终端设备发送空口寻呼消息#2,空口寻呼消息#2用于在4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第二用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。In some possible implementations, the MME may send a paging message #2 to the eNB (an example of an access network device where the terminal device resides as the first user). After receiving the paging message #2, the eNB sends an air interface paging message #2 to the terminal device of the first user identity. The air interface paging message #2 is used to send information to the second user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. The terminal device performs paging.
另外,一些可选的实施例中,MME还可以向eNB发送寻呼消息#3,寻呼消息#3用于在所述4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。eNB接收到该寻呼消息#3之后,向第一用户身份的终端设备发送空口寻呼消息#3,空口寻呼消息#3用于在4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼。In addition, in some optional embodiments, the MME may also send a paging message #3 to the eNB. The paging message #3 is used to send a paging message to the first terminal device in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. User identity for paging. After receiving the paging message #3, the eNB sends an air interface paging message #3 to the terminal device of the first user identity. The air interface paging message #3 is used to send information to the first user identity in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. The terminal device performs paging.
当空口寻呼消息#2中不包括第三指示信息时,可以通过以下方式对空口寻呼消息#2和空口寻呼消息#3进行区分:When the third indication information is not included in the air interface paging message #2, the air interface paging message #2 and the air interface paging message #3 can be distinguished in the following manner:
方式1:空口寻呼消息#2和空口寻呼消息#3使用不同的寻呼配置。Method 1: Air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 use different paging configurations.
示例性的,空口寻呼消息#2可以通过第二寻呼配置,空口寻呼消息#3可以使用第一寻呼配置,其中第一寻呼配置和第二寻呼配置不同。Exemplarily, the air interface paging message #2 may use the second paging configuration, and the air interface paging message #3 may use the first paging configuration, where the first paging configuration and the second paging configuration are different.
方式2:空口寻呼消息#2和空口寻呼消息#3使用不同的寻呼信道,即用于传输空口寻呼消息#2和空口寻呼消息#3的物理资源不同。Manner 2: Air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 use different paging channels, that is, the physical resources used to transmit air interface paging message #2 and air interface paging message #3 are different.
示例性的,空口寻呼消息#2通过第二寻呼物理资源传输,空口寻呼消息#3使用第一寻呼物理资源传输,其中第一寻呼物理资源与第二寻呼物理资源不同。Exemplarily, the air interface paging message #2 is transmitted through the second paging physical resource, and the air interface paging message #3 is transmitted using the first paging physical resource, where the first paging physical resource is different from the second paging physical resource.
方式3:空口寻呼消息#2对应的PDCCH和空口寻呼消息#3对应的PDCCH使用不同的寻呼无线网络临时标识(paging radio network temporary identifier,P-RNTI)加扰。Manner 3: The PDCCH corresponding to the air interface paging message #2 and the PDCCH corresponding to the air interface paging message #3 are scrambled using different paging radio network temporary identifiers (P-RNTI).
示例性的,寻呼消息#2对应的PDCCH是由第二P-RNTI加扰的,寻呼消息#3对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。Exemplarily, the PDCCH corresponding to paging message #2 is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to paging message #3 is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
1306,终端设备确定1305中的接收到的寻呼消息为第二用户身份的寻呼消息。1306. The terminal device determines that the received paging message in 1305 is the paging message of the second user identity.
示例性的,终端设备可以以第一用户身份接收寻呼消息,然后跟据该寻呼消息中是否携带第三指示信息,或者根据寻呼消息的传输方式,或者配置参数,或者该寻呼消息对应的PDCCH的加扰方式来确定该寻呼消息是自己的寻呼消息,还是第二用户身份的寻呼消息。Exemplarily, the terminal device may receive the paging message as the first user, and then according to whether the paging message carries the third indication information, or according to the transmission mode of the paging message, or configuration parameters, or the paging message The scrambling method of the corresponding PDCCH determines whether the paging message is the own paging message or the paging message of the second user identity.
因此,本申请实施例中,通过AMF在5G TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,MME在4G TAI列表对应的区域内,对终端设备进行寻呼,能够在终端设备通过在检测到移出4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域时,发起跟踪区域位置更新过程中,实现AMF对该终端设备的第二用户身份的寻呼。因此,本申请实施例能够有助于减小终端设备频繁进行TAU上报,节省空口信令开销,减少终端设备的耗电,并且同时实现在4G/5G TAI列表对应的区域内对终端设备的寻呼。Therefore, in this embodiment of the application, the AMF is used to page the terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 5G TAI list, and the MME is used to page the terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G TAI list. When moving out of the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list, in the process of initiating the tracking area location update, the AMF paging the second user identity of the terminal device is implemented. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application can help reduce frequent TAU reporting by terminal equipment, save air interface signaling overhead, reduce terminal equipment power consumption, and at the same time realize the search for terminal equipment in the area corresponding to the 4G/5G TAI list. call.
需要说明的是,为了方便理解,上文中以第一核心网设备为MME,第二核心网设备为AMF为例描述本申请的方案,但是本申请实施例并不限于此。例如,MME还可以替换为第一核心网设备,AMF还可以替换为第二核心网设备,都在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。It should be noted that, for ease of understanding, the foregoing description of the solution of the present application takes the first core network device as the MME and the second core network device as the AMF as an example, but the embodiments of the application are not limited to this. For example, the MME can also be replaced with the first core network equipment, and the AMF can also be replaced with the second core network equipment, both of which fall within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
根据前述方法,图14为本申请实施例提供的无线通信的装置1400的示意图。According to the foregoing method, FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication apparatus 1400 provided in an embodiment of this application.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为终端设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in a terminal device.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为核心网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于核心网设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the device 1400 may be a core network device, or a chip or circuit, such as a chip or circuit that can be provided in a core network device.
一些实施例中,该装置1400可以为接入网设备,也可以为芯片或电路,比如可设置于接入网设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit, for example, a chip or circuit that can be provided in an access network device.
一种可能的方式中,该装置1400可以包括处理单元1410(即,处理器的一例)和收发单元1430。一些可能的实现方式中,处理单元1410还可以称为确定单元。一些可能的实现方式中,收发单元1430可以包括接收单元和发送单元。In a possible manner, the apparatus 1400 may include a processing unit 1410 (that is, an example of a processor) and a transceiver unit 1430. In some possible implementation manners, the processing unit 1410 may also be referred to as a determining unit. In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 1430 may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
可选的,收发单元1430可以通过收发器或者收发器相关电路或者接口电路实现。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1430 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit or interface circuit.
可选的,该装置还可以包括存储单元1420。一种可能的方式中,该存储单元1420用于存储指令。可选的,该存储单元也可以用于存储数据或者信息。存储单元1420可以通过存储器实现。Optionally, the device may further include a storage unit 1420. In one possible manner, the storage unit 1420 is used to store instructions. Optionally, the storage unit may also be used to store data or information. The storage unit 1420 may be realized by a memory.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1410用于执行该存储单元1420存储的指令,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1410可以用于调用存储单元1420的数据,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中终端设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1410用于执行该存储单元1420存储的指令,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中核心网设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1410可以用于调用存储单元1420的数据,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中核心网设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored by the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method.
一些可能的设计中,该处理单元1410用于执行该存储单元1420存储的指令,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中接入网设备执行的步骤。或者,该处理单元1410可以用于调用存储单元1420的数据,以使装置1400实现如上述方法中核心网设备执行的步骤。In some possible designs, the processing unit 1410 is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the access network device in the foregoing method. Alternatively, the processing unit 1410 may be used to call the data of the storage unit 1420, so that the apparatus 1400 implements the steps performed by the core network device in the foregoing method.
例如,该处理单元1410、存储单元1420、收发单元1430可以通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号。例如,该存储单元1420用于存储计算机程序,该处理单元1410可以用于从该存储单元1420中调用并运行该计算计程序,以控制收发单元1430接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法中终端设备或核心网设备或接入网设备的步骤。该存储单元1420可以集成在处理单元1410中,也可以与处理单元1410分开设置。For example, the processing unit 1410, the storage unit 1420, and the transceiver unit 1430 can communicate with each other through internal connection paths to transfer control and/or data signals. For example, the storage unit 1420 is used to store a computer program, and the processing unit 1410 can be used to call and run the calculation program from the storage unit 1420 to control the transceiver unit 1430 to receive and/or send signals to complete the above method. Steps for terminal equipment or core network equipment or access network equipment. The storage unit 1420 may be integrated in the processing unit 1410, or may be provided separately from the processing unit 1410.
可选地,若该装置1400为通信设备(例如,终端设备,或核心网设备,或接入网设备),该收发单元1430包括接收器和发送器。其中,接收器和发送器可以为相同或者不同的物理实体。为相同的物理实体时,可以统称为收发器。Optionally, if the apparatus 1400 is a communication device (for example, a terminal device, or a core network device, or an access network device), the transceiver unit 1430 includes a receiver and a transmitter. Among them, the receiver and the transmitter may be the same or different physical entities. When they are the same physical entity, they can be collectively referred to as transceivers.
可选地,若该装置1400为芯片或电路,该收发单元1430包括输入接口和输出接口。Optionally, if the device 1400 is a chip or a circuit, the transceiver unit 1430 includes an input interface and an output interface.
作为一种实现方式,收发单元1430的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发的专用芯片实现。处理单元1410可以考虑通过专用处理芯片、处理电路、处理单元或者通用芯片实现。As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiving unit 1430 may be implemented by a transceiving circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiving. The processing unit 1410 may be realized by a dedicated processing chip, a processing circuit, a processing unit, or a general-purpose chip.
作为另一种实现方式,可以考虑使用通用计算机的方式来实现本申请实施例提供的通信设备(例如终端设备,或接入网设备,或核心网设备)。即将实现处理单元1410、收发单元1430功能的程序代码存储在存储单元1420中,通用处理单元通过执行存储单元1420中的代码来实现处理单元1410、收发单元1430的功能。As another implementation manner, a general-purpose computer may be considered to implement the communication device (such as a terminal device, or an access network device, or a core network device) provided in the embodiments of the present application. That is to say, the program code for realizing the functions of the processing unit 1410 and the transceiving unit 1430 is stored in the storage unit 1420. The general processing unit implements the functions of the processing unit 1410 and the transceiving unit 1430 by executing the code in the storage unit 1420.
一些实施例中,装置1400可以为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device.
当装置1400为终端设备,或设置于终端设备的芯片或电路时,处理单元1410,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表 对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与所述终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。When the apparatus 1400 is a terminal device, or a chip or circuit provided in the terminal device, the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the first area corresponding to the TAI set of the tracking area identification, wherein the first area includes the first TAI list corresponding And the area corresponding to the second TAI list, the first TAI list is associated with the first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device.
收发单元1430,用于当检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域更新TAU过程。The transceiver unit 1430 is configured to initiate a tracking area update TAU process when detecting that it moves out of the first area.
一些可能的实现方式,所述TAI集合是根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中,所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。In some possible implementations, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard It is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
一些可能的实现方式,所述映射关系来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。In some possible implementation manners, the mapping relationship comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
一些可能的实现方式,所述TAI集合来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。In some possible implementation manners, the TAI set comes from the first core network device or the second core network device.
一些可能的实现方式,所述处理单元1410还用于根据第一指示信息确定使能TAU优化功能,所述第一指示信息来自第一核心网设备。In some possible implementation manners, the processing unit 1410 is further configured to determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, where the first indication information comes from the first core network device.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于以所述第一用户身份,向所述第一核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to use the identity of the first user to send second indication information to the first core network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports The TAU optimization function.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430具体用于以所述第一用户身份,向第一核心网设备发送用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能相关。In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 1430 is specifically configured to use the identity of the first user to send a first request for updating a tracking area to a first core network device, where the first request includes the terminal device The first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity, the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, and the second terminal device identifier is the same as the terminal device identifier. Whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the device is enabled is related.
一些可能的实现方式,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。In some possible implementation manners, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于以所述第二用户身份接收第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a second paging message as the second user, and the second paging message is used to respond to an area corresponding to the second TAI list. Paging with the first user identity of the terminal device.
一些可能的实现方式,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。In some possible implementation manners, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the first user identity of the terminal device. Paging.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于以所述第二用户身份,接收第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第二用户身份进行寻呼;In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a third paging message as the second user, and the third paging message is used to be in an area corresponding to the second TAI list, Paging the second user identity of the terminal device;
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
所述第二寻呼消息对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH是由第二寻呼无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
当该装置1400配置在或本身即为终端设备时,装置1400中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中终端设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1400 is configured in or is a terminal device, each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to execute various actions or processing procedures performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method. Here, in order to avoid redundant description, detailed descriptions are omitted.
一些实施例中,装置1400可以为核心网设备时,或设置于核心网设备中的芯片或电路。当装置1400为核心网设备时,或设置于核心网设备中的芯片或电路时,处理单元1410,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI 列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be a core network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the core network device. When the apparatus 1400 is a core network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the core network device, the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine the first area corresponding to the tracking area identifier TAI set, where the first area includes the first area An area corresponding to a TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, where the first TAI list is associated with a first user identity of the terminal device, and the second TAI list is associated with a second user identity of the terminal device.
收发单元1430,用于在所述第一区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The transceiver unit 1430 is configured to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area.
一些可能的实现方式,所述TAI集合是根据第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。In some possible implementations, the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard It is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430具体用于在所述第一区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。In some possible implementations, the transceiver unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area, where the paging message includes the first user The identification of the terminal device associated with the identity.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430具体用于在所述第一TAI列表对应的区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the first TAI list, and the first paging message The call message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
所述收发单元1430还用于向第二核心网设备发送第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send a second paging message to a second core network device, where the second paging message is used to provide information about the identity of the first user in an area corresponding to the second TAI list. The terminal device performs paging.
一些可能的实现方式,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。In some possible implementation manners, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the terminal device of the first user identity. Paging.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述TAI集合。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard to the terminal device of the first user identity, wherein the first communication standard A communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the communication standard of the second user identity.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于使能跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiver unit 1430 is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable a tracking area update TAU optimization function.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU Optimization function.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430还用于接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份TAU功能是否使能相关。In some possible implementation manners, the transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to receive a first request for updating a tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user, and the first request includes the terminal device's The first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity, the first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, and the second terminal device identifier is the same as the terminal device identifier. Whether the TAU function of the first user identity is enabled is related.
一些可能的实现方式,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。In some possible implementation manners, the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
当该装置1400配置在或本身即为核心网设备时,装置1400中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中核心网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1400 is configured in or is a core network device, each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the core network device in the above method. Here, in order to avoid repetition, the details are omitted. Description.
一些实施例中,装置1400可以为接入网设备时,或设置于接入网设备中的芯片或电 路。当装置1400为接入网设备时,或设置于接入网设备中的芯片或电路时,处理单元1410,用于确定第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于对在第二TAI列表对应的区域对所述第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼,其中,所述终端设备支持所述第一用户身份和第二用户身份,所述第二TAI列表与所述第二用户身份关联。In some embodiments, the apparatus 1400 may be an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device. When the apparatus 1400 is an access network device, or a chip or circuit provided in the access network device, the processing unit 1410 is configured to determine a second paging message, and the second paging message is The area corresponding to the TAI list pages the terminal device of the first user identity, where the terminal device supports the first user identity and the second user identity, and the second TAI list is related to the second user identity. Identity association.
所述收发单元1430还用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内向第二用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述第二寻呼消息。The transceiving unit 1430 is further configured to send the second paging message to the terminal device with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
一个示例,处理单元1410可以控制收发单元1430从核心网设备接收该第二寻呼消息。For an example, the processing unit 1410 may control the transceiver unit 1430 to receive the second paging message from the core network device.
一些可能的实现方式,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。In some possible implementation manners, the second paging message includes third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the terminal device of the first user identity. Paging.
一些可能的实现方式,所述收发单元1430具体用于发送第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第二用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼;In some possible implementations, the transceiving unit 1430 is specifically configured to send a third paging message, and the third paging message is used to communicate with the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list. The terminal device performs paging;
其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
所述第二寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第二P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
当该装置1400配置在或本身即为接入网设备时,装置1400中各模块或单元可以用于执行上述方法中接入网设备所执行的各动作或处理过程,这里,为了避免赘述,省略其详细说明。When the device 1400 is configured in or is an access network device, each module or unit in the device 1400 can be used to perform various actions or processing procedures performed by the access network device in the foregoing method. Here, in order to avoid repetition, it is omitted. Its detailed description.
该装置1400所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。For the concepts related to the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application and related concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions, and other steps involved in the device 1400, please refer to the descriptions of these contents in the foregoing method or other embodiments, which are not repeated here.
图15为本申请提供的一种终端设备1500的结构示意图。该终端设备1500可以执行上述方法实施例中终端设备执行的动作。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 1500 provided by this application. The terminal device 1500 can execute the actions performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
为了便于说明,图15仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图15所示,终端设备1500包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。For ease of description, FIG. 15 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device 1500 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据,例如用于支持终端设备执行上述传输预编码矩阵的指示方法实施例中所描述的动作。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据,例如存储上述实施例中所描述的码本。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program. For example, it is used to support the terminal device to execute the above-mentioned transmission precoding matrix instruction method embodiment. The described action. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data, for example, to store the codebook described in the above embodiments. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解释并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当需要通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, interpret and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When data needs to be sent wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal and sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图15仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在 实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 15 only shows a memory and a processor. In actual terminal devices, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
例如,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图15中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。For example, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device, execute software programs, and process software programs. data. The processor in FIG. 15 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1500的收发单元1510,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1500的处理单元1520。如图15所示,终端设备1500包括收发单元1510和处理单元1520。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元1510中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1510中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元包括接收单元和发送单元。示例性的,接收单元也可以称为接收机、接收器、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the antenna and the control circuit with the transceiving function can be regarded as the transceiving unit 1510 of the terminal device 1500, and the processor with the processing function can be regarded as the processing unit 1520 of the terminal device 1500. As shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device 1500 includes a transceiving unit 1510 and a processing unit 1520. The transceiving unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiving device, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiving unit 1510 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiving unit 1510 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiving unit includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. Exemplarily, the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, a receiver, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种接入网设备1600的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述方法中的接入设备(例如,第一接入网设备,第二接入网设备或者第三接入网设备)的功能。接入网设备1600包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1610和一个或多个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)(也可称为数字单元,digital unit,DU)1620。所述RRU1610可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等等,其可以包括至少一个天线1611和射频单元1612。所述RRU1610部分主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于向终端设备发送上述实施例中所述的信令消息。所述BBU1620部分主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。所述RRU1610与BBU1620可以是物理上设置在一起,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。FIG. 16 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device 1600 provided by an embodiment of this application, which can be used to implement the access device (for example, the first access network device, the second access network device, or the third access network device) in the above method. Access network equipment) function. The access network device 1600 includes one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1610 and one or more baseband units (BBU) (also referred to as digital units, digital units, DU) 1620. The RRU 1610 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and it may include at least one antenna 1611 and a radio frequency unit 1612. The RRU 1610 part is mainly used for receiving and sending of radio frequency signals and conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for sending the signaling messages described in the foregoing embodiments to terminal equipment. The BBU1620 part is mainly used to perform baseband processing, control the base station, and so on. The RRU 1610 and the BBU 1620 may be physically arranged together, or may be physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
所述BBU1620为基站的控制中心,也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如该BBU(处理单元)1620可以用于控制基站40执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU 1620 is the control center of the base station, and may also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, spread spectrum, and so on. For example, the BBU (processing unit) 1620 may be used to control the base station 40 to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
在一个示例中,所述BBU1620可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网(如LTE系统,或5G系统),也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。所述BBU1620还包括存储器1621和处理器1622。所述存储器1621用以存储必要的指令和数据。例如存储器1621存储上述实施例中的码本等。所述处理器1622用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。所述存储器1621和处理器1622可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。In an example, the BBU 1620 may be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards may jointly support a radio access network of a single access standard (such as an LTE system or a 5G system), and may also support different connections. Enter the standard wireless access network. The BBU 1620 also includes a memory 1621 and a processor 1622. The memory 1621 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 1621 stores the codebook in the above-mentioned embodiment and the like. The processor 1622 is used to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. The memory 1621 and the processor 1622 may serve one or more single boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
在一种可能的实施方式中,随着片上系统(system-on-chip,SoC)技术的发展,可以将1620部分和1610部分的全部或者部分功能由SoC技术实现,例如由一颗基站功能芯片实现,该基站功能芯片集成了处理器、存储器、天线接口等器件,基站相关功能的程序存储在存储器中,由处理器执行程序以实现基站的相关功能。可选的,该基站功能芯片也能够读取该芯片外部的存储器以实现基站的相关功能。In a possible implementation manner, with the development of system-on-chip (SoC) technology, all or part of the functions of part 1620 and part 1610 can be realized by SoC technology, for example, a base station function chip Realization, the base station function chip integrates a processor, a memory, an antenna interface and other devices, the program of the base station related functions is stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program to realize the related functions of the base station. Optionally, the base station function chip can also read a memory external to the chip to implement related functions of the base station.
应理解,图16示例的接入网设备的结构仅为一种可能的形态,而不应对本申请实施例构成任何限定。本申请并不排除未来可能出现的其他形态的基站结构的可能。It should be understood that the structure of the access network device illustrated in FIG. 16 is only a possible form, and should not constitute any limitation in the embodiment of the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of other types of base station structures that may appear in the future.
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the application, the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processors, DSP), and dedicated integration Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be volatile memory or non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), and synchronous dynamic random access memory (DRAM). Access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令或计算机程序。在计算机上加载或执行所述计算机指令或计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。The foregoing embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, the above-mentioned embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions or computer programs. When the computer instructions or computer programs are loaded or executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center that includes one or more sets of available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium may be a solid state drive.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤,或者核心网设备执行的步骤,或者接入网设备执行的步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments or the steps performed by the core network device are implemented. Or the steps performed by the access network equipment.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤,或者核心网设备执行的步骤,或者接入网设备执行的步骤。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product that, when executed by a computer, implements the steps performed by the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or the steps performed by the core network device, or the steps performed by the access network device. step.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片包括:通信单元和处理单元。该处理单元,例如可以是处理器。该通信单元例如可以是通信接口、输入/输出接口、管脚或电路等。该处理单元可执行计算机指令,以使该通信装置内的芯片执行上述本申请实施例提供的终端设备执行的步骤,或者核心网设备执行的步骤,或者接入网设备执行的步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a system chip, which includes a communication unit and a processing unit. The processing unit may be a processor, for example. The communication unit may be, for example, a communication interface, an input/output interface, a pin or a circuit, or the like. The processing unit can execute computer instructions so that the chip in the communication device executes the steps performed by the terminal device provided in the embodiments of the present application, or the steps performed by the core network device, or the steps performed by the access network device.
可选地,该计算机指令被存储在存储单元中。Optionally, the computer instructions are stored in a storage unit.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的核心网设备、接入网设备和终端设备。According to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned core network equipment, access network equipment, and terminal equipment.
本申请中的各个实施例可以独立的使用,也可以进行联合的使用,这里不做限定。The various embodiments in this application can be used independently or in combination, which is not limited here.
另外,本申请的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the present application can be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
应理解,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上;“A和B中的至少一个”,类似于“A和/或B”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和B中的至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。It should be understood that "and/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B alone exists. Happening. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "At least one" refers to one or more than one; "At least one of A and B", similar to "A and/or B", describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and B At least one of them can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, for example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的 部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联;Determine the first area corresponding to the TAI set of the tracking area identification, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI list is related to the first user of the terminal device. Identity association, the second TAI list is associated with a second user identity of the terminal device;
    当检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域更新TAU过程。When it is detected that it moves out of the first area, the tracking area update TAU process is initiated.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中,所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。The method according to claim 1, wherein the TAI set is determined based on the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI and the second TAI of the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAIs of the communication standards is obtained by transforming the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the second communication standard. 2. The communication system of the user's identity.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述映射关系来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。The method according to claim 2, wherein the mapping relationship comes from a first core network device or a second core network device.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述TAI集合来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。The method according to claim 1, wherein the TAI set comes from a first core network device or a second core network device.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据第一指示信息确定使能TAU优化功能,所述第一指示信息来自第一核心网设备。It is determined to enable the TAU optimization function according to the first indication information, where the first indication information comes from the first core network device.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:以所述第一用户身份,向所述第一核心网设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。The method according to claim 5, further comprising: using the identity of the first user, sending second indication information to the first core network device, the second indication information being used to instruct the terminal The device supports the TAU optimization function.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发起TAU过程,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the initiating a TAU process comprises:
    以所述第一用户身份,向第一核心网设备发送用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份的TAU优化功能是否使能相关。As the first user identity, send a first request for updating the tracking area to the first core network device, where the first request includes the first terminal device identity corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, so The first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, where the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU optimization function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled or not .
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,包括:所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。The method according to claim 7, characterized by comprising: the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the method further comprises:
    以所述第二用户身份接收第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。Receive a second paging message as the second user identity, where the second paging message is used to page the first user identity of the terminal device in an area corresponding to the second TAI list .
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述终端设备的所述第一用户身份进行寻呼。The method according to claim 9, wherein the second paging message contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the terminal device. Paging with the identity of the first user.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 9, further comprising:
    以所述第二用户身份,接收第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述终端设备的所述第二用户身份进行寻呼;Receive a third paging message as the second user identity, where the third paging message is used to page the second user identity of the terminal device in the area corresponding to the second TAI list call;
    其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
    所述第二寻呼消息对应的物理下行控制信道PDCCH是由第二寻呼无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second paging radio network temporary identification P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI of.
  12. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联;Determine the first area corresponding to the TAI set of the tracking area identification, where the first area includes the area corresponding to the first TAI list and the area corresponding to the second TAI list, and the first TAI list is related to the first user of the terminal device. Identity association, the second TAI list is associated with a second user identity of the terminal device;
    在所述第一区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。In the first area, page the terminal device of the first user identity.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。The method according to claim 12, wherein the TAI set is determined according to the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI and the second TAI of the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAIs of the communication standards is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the second communication standard. The communication system of the user's identity.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第一区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the paging the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area comprises:
    在所述第一区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。In the first area, a paging message is sent to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the paging message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  15. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述第一跟踪区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼,包括:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the paging the terminal device of the first user identity in the first tracking area comprises:
    在所述第一TAI列表对应的区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识;In the area corresponding to the first TAI list, send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first paging message includes the terminal device identity associated with the first user identity ;
    向第二核心网设备发送第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。Sending a second paging message to a second core network device, where the second paging message is used to page the terminal device with the first user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The method according to claim 15, wherein the second paging message contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the first user The terminal device of the identity performs paging.
  17. 根据权利要求12-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, further comprising:
    向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述TAI集合。Sending the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  18. 根据权利要求12-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-16, further comprising:
    向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。Sending the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, The second communication standard is a communication standard of the second user identity.
  19. 根据权利要求12-18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-18, further comprising:
    向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于使能跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。Sending first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first indication information is used to enable a tracking area update TAU optimization function.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 19, further comprising:
    接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备支持所述TAU优化功能。Receiving second indication information sent by the terminal device as the first user, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the terminal device supports the TAU optimization function.
  21. 根据权利要求12-19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12-19, further comprising:
    接收所述终端设备以所述第一用户身份发送的用于更新跟踪区域的第一请求,所述第一请求中包括所述终端设备的第一用户身份对应的第一终端设备标识,所述第一终端设备 标识是根据所述终端设备预先保存的第二终端设备标识确定的,其中,所述第二终端设备标识与所述终端设备的第一用户身份TAU功能是否使能相关。Receiving a first request for updating a tracking area sent by the terminal device as the first user identity, where the first request includes a first terminal device identifier corresponding to the first user identity of the terminal device, and The first terminal device identifier is determined according to the second terminal device identifier pre-stored by the terminal device, wherein the second terminal device identifier is related to whether the TAU function of the first user identity of the terminal device is enabled.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备标识为所述第一通信制式下的全球唯一临时标识GUTI。The method according to claim 21, wherein the first terminal device identifier is a globally unique temporary identifier GUTI under the first communication standard.
  23. 一种无线通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    确定第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在第二TAI列表对应的区域对所述第一用户身份的终端设备进行寻呼,其中,所述终端设备支持所述第一用户身份和第二用户身份,所述第二TAI列表与所述第二用户身份关联;Determine a second paging message, the second paging message is used to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list, wherein the terminal device supports the first user An identity and a second user identity, the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity;
    在第二TAI列表对应的区域内向第二用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述第二寻呼消息。Sending the second paging message to the terminal device of the second user identity in the area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The method according to claim 23, wherein the second paging message contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the first user The terminal device of the identity performs paging.
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 23, further comprising:
    发送第三寻呼消息,所述第三寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第二用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼;Sending a third paging message, where the third paging message is used to page the terminal device of the second user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list;
    其中,所述第二寻呼消息通过第二寻呼配置和/或第二寻呼物理资源传输,所述第三寻呼消息通过第一寻呼配置和/或第一寻呼物理资源传输;或者,Wherein, the second paging message is transmitted through a second paging configuration and/or a second paging physical resource, and the third paging message is transmitted through a first paging configuration and/or a first paging physical resource; or,
    所述第二寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第二P-RNTI加扰的,所述第三寻呼消息对应的PDCCH是由第一P-RNTI加扰的。The PDCCH corresponding to the second paging message is scrambled by the second P-RNTI, and the PDCCH corresponding to the third paging message is scrambled by the first P-RNTI.
  26. 一种无线通信的装置,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与所述终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联;The processing unit is configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list is related to the The first user identity of the terminal device is associated, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device;
    收发单元,用于当检测到移出第一区域时,发起跟踪区域更新TAU过程。The transceiver unit is used to initiate a tracking area update TAU process when detecting that it moves out of the first area.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中,所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the TAI set is determined based on the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI and the second TAI of the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAIs of the communication standards is obtained by transforming the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the second communication standard. 2. The communication system of the user's identity.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其特征在于,所述映射关系来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the mapping relationship comes from a first core network device or a second core network device.
  29. 根据权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,所述TAI集合来自第一核心网设备或者第二核心网设备。The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the TAI set comes from a first core network device or a second core network device.
  30. 根据权利要求26-29任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元还用于根据第一指示信息确定使能TAU优化功能,所述第一指示信息来自第一核心网设备。The apparatus according to any one of claims 26-29, wherein the processing unit is further configured to determine to enable the TAU optimization function according to first indication information, and the first indication information comes from a first core network device.
  31. 一种无线通信的装置,其特征在于,包括:A wireless communication device, characterized in that it comprises:
    处理单元,用于确定与跟踪区域标识TAI集合对应的第一区域,其中,所述第一区域包括第一TAI列表对应的区域和第二TAI列表对应的区域,所述第一TAI列表与终端设备的第一用户身份关联,所述第二TAI列表与所述终端设备的第二用户身份关联;A processing unit, configured to determine a first area corresponding to a TAI set of tracking area identifiers, where the first area includes an area corresponding to a first TAI list and an area corresponding to a second TAI list, and the first TAI list is related to the terminal The first user identity of the device is associated, and the second TAI list is associated with the second user identity of the terminal device;
    收发单元,用于在所述第一区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The transceiver unit is configured to page the terminal device of the first user identity in the first area.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的装置,其特征在于,所述TAI集合是根据所述第一TAI列表和第三TAI列表确定的,所述第三TAI列表是根据第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系对所述第二TAI列表进行转换得到的,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。The apparatus according to claim 31, wherein the TAI set is determined based on the first TAI list and the third TAI list, and the third TAI list is based on the TAI and the second TAI of the first communication standard. The mapping relationship between the TAIs of the communication standards is obtained by converting the second TAI list, wherein the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, and the second communication standard is the second The communication system of the user's identity.
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元具体用于:The device according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送寻呼消息,所述寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识。In the first area, a paging message is sent to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the paging message includes the terminal device identifier associated with the first user identity.
  34. 根据权利要求31或32所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元具体用于:The device according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the transceiver unit is specifically configured to:
    在所述第一TAI列表对应的区域内,向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一寻呼消息,所述第一寻呼消息包括所述第一用户身份关联的终端设备标识;In the area corresponding to the first TAI list, send a first paging message to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first paging message includes the terminal device identity associated with the first user identity ;
    向第二核心网设备发送第二寻呼消息,所述第二寻呼消息用于在所述第二TAI列表对应的区域内,对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。Sending a second paging message to a second core network device, where the second paging message is used to page the terminal device with the first user identity in an area corresponding to the second TAI list.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第二寻呼消息中包含第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第二寻呼消息是对所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备进行寻呼。The apparatus according to claim 34, wherein the second paging message contains third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate that the second paging message is for the first user The terminal device of the identity performs paging.
  36. 根据权利要求31-35任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送所述TAI集合。The apparatus according to any one of claims 31-35, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to send the TAI set to the terminal device of the first user identity.
  37. 根据权利要求31-35任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 31-35, wherein the transceiver unit is further configured to:
    向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一通信制式的TAI和第二通信制式的TAI之间的映射关系,其中所述第一通信制式为所述第一用户身份的通信制式,所述第二通信制式为所述第二用户身份的通信制式。Sending the mapping relationship between the TAI of the first communication standard and the TAI of the second communication standard to the terminal device of the first user identity, where the first communication standard is the communication standard of the first user identity, The second communication standard is a communication standard of the second user identity.
  38. 根据权利要求31-37任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元还用于向所述第一用户身份的所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于使能跟踪区更新TAU优化功能。The apparatus according to any one of claims 31-37, wherein the transceiving unit is further configured to send first indication information to the terminal device of the first user identity, and the first indication information is used for Update the TAU optimization function in the enable tracking area.
  39. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device comprises:
    处理器和通信接口,所述处理器用于从所述通信接口调用并运行指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,实现如权利要求1-25中任一项所述的方法。A processor and a communication interface, where the processor is used to call and execute instructions from the communication interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, the method according to any one of claims 1-25 is implemented.
  40. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括用于执行如权利要求1-25任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer storage medium, characterized in that it is used to store a computer program, and the computer program includes instructions for executing the method according to any one of claims 1-25.
PCT/CN2019/109693 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Wireless communication method and apparatus WO2021062770A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109693 WO2021062770A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Wireless communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/109693 WO2021062770A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Wireless communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021062770A1 true WO2021062770A1 (en) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75336653

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/109693 WO2021062770A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2019-09-30 Wireless communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021062770A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113852920A (en) * 2021-06-25 2021-12-28 浪潮软件科技有限公司 5G-based Internet of things communication system, method and device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101796857A (en) * 2007-08-31 2010-08-04 松下电器产业株式会社 Radio communication terminal, radio communication base station device, and radio communication method
US9137768B1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-09-15 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Dynamically controlling overlay of tracking areas upon small cell initiation
CN106576234A (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-04-19 高通股份有限公司 Sending cellular-related paging messages over non-cellular rat
WO2017172140A2 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Intel IP Corporation Communication device and a method for operating a communication device
CN110177365A (en) * 2019-07-03 2019-08-27 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Double-card dual-standby location updating method, device and terminal

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101796857A (en) * 2007-08-31 2010-08-04 松下电器产业株式会社 Radio communication terminal, radio communication base station device, and radio communication method
US9137768B1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-09-15 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Dynamically controlling overlay of tracking areas upon small cell initiation
CN106576234A (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-04-19 高通股份有限公司 Sending cellular-related paging messages over non-cellular rat
WO2017172140A2 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Intel IP Corporation Communication device and a method for operating a communication device
CN110177365A (en) * 2019-07-03 2019-08-27 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Double-card dual-standby location updating method, device and terminal

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) access (Release 15)", 3GPP DRAFT; 23401-F90, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 24 September 2019 (2019-09-24), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051778892 *
NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS, NOKIA, MOTOROLA: "Triggering TAU", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-086110, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, no. Sophia; 20080829, 29 August 2008 (2008-08-29), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP050330867 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113852920A (en) * 2021-06-25 2021-12-28 浪潮软件科技有限公司 5G-based Internet of things communication system, method and device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7095942B2 (en) Communication methods, communication devices, and communication systems
US11044699B2 (en) Multi-radio access technology paging
KR20100120259A (en) Server for control plane at mobile communication network and method for controlling establishment of connection thereof
WO2024045693A1 (en) Access method and apparatus based on heterogeneous network roaming
US10219304B2 (en) Operating a terminal device in a wireless communication system
CN115065988B (en) Relay transmission method, relay terminal and remote terminal
JPWO2019030938A1 (en) Wireless base station and wireless communication method
US20230040220A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing time synchronization packet
US20210051575A1 (en) System information updating method, terminal device, and network device
US20230070801A1 (en) Multicast downlink service notification method, terminal device and network device
US20230086410A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20220225273A1 (en) Paging method and apparatus
WO2021109868A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US11146983B2 (en) Method for controlling network congestion, terminal device and network device
WO2021062770A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2020135645A1 (en) Wireless communication method and apparatus
WO2021195846A1 (en) Information reporting method, information acquisition method, user terminal and network device
EP4027708A1 (en) Paging message detection method and apparatus, and communication device
CN114424637B (en) Paging method and device
WO2020155126A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN115004848A (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022213264A1 (en) Terminal capability notification method, terminal device, and network device
US20230021397A1 (en) Time Synchronization Packet Processing Method and Apparatus
WO2022205391A1 (en) Paging method and terminal device
WO2021163978A1 (en) Method for controlling state of secondary cell group, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19948176

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19948176

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1